Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Files in PDF format
I have made many of the files available in .pdf format, in addition to graphic and Finale format. You will need Acrobat Reader to view these files. They are optimized for printing rather than viewing on screen. I have done this with the files I had in original format (I did not have all of them).

Introduction

Blues Guitar - Overview
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Introduction 12 bar blues in Emajor 12 bar blues in Amajor E-major revisited Some other blues progressions

Some fingerpicking challenges More examples in E and A Some theory: The tritone, dim and the 7 chord. Blues in D Introduction to open tuning - Open D Blues in G

Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Blues in C Minor Blues Jazzier blues moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb The circle of fifths have you noticed the sequence of the keys?

The 12 bar blues progression in E-major
q

Retailers:

q

q

q

q

If you like the site, give me your vote:

q q q

New Lessons
q q

1 -The Basic Chord Structure 1 B - Another version of the basic lesson 2 -Some variations of the 12 bar form 3 - The turnaround chord 3B - The importance of rhythm - some damping techniques 4 - The shuffle 4B - E-Shuffle 4C - The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle

q

q q

q q

q

q

q

5 -The harmonized shuffle 6 -The treble shuffle 7 -Some other shuffle style licks – Boom Boogie 7B -Muddy Boogie 8 - A turnaround chord sequence 9 - The turnaround lick 10 - The "fill in" – Part 1 * Part 2 11 - The Boogie bass line - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 - Boom Boogie * Part 5 Muddy Boogie * Part 6 - The Trip of The Day

q

q

q

q

q

q

12 - An introduction to blues fingerpicking 12B Monotone bass fingerpicking – Rocking Baby 13 - 16-bar blues 13B - Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions - Power Chords 13C - With A Taste of Onion 13D - You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water

Blues for Beginners So you'd like to ... Teach yourself how to play blues guitar The Greatest Blues Guitarists of All-Time Great Electric Blues Guitarists The Country Blues The Delta Blues Downhome Blues Chicago Blues for

q q

q

q

q

Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music - Lesson 3 Reading Music - Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise jazzy 7th

Blues in A-major

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

q

chords Open Chords

q

q

Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

q

q

14 - 12 bar blues progression in A 14B: Rocking Bill 15 - Fingerpicking with monotone bass in A 15B - Betty Blues

q

q

q

15C Fingerpicking Instrumental in A 16 - The "Long A" and "moveable C7" chord 17 - A shuffle solo

q

q

q

18 - The minor pentatonic scale - a simplified blues scale 19 - The "Blue notes" - the blues scale 20 - The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale

beginners Essential Chess Blues Library 15 Essential Blues CDs (And A Great Place To Begin) Blues/Rock Essentials Learning Blues Guitar

E-major Revisited
q

21 - Blues scale in E

q

22 - The minor pentatonic scale in E and A, all positions

q

23 - The moveable D / D7 shapes

Some Other Blues Progressions
q

8-bar blues – 8bar Blues in E

q

8-bar blues in A – Key to The Highway

q

8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby

Some fingerpicking challenges in E and A
q

Pony Blues / M&O Blues

q

Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues

The Power of the Tritone, dim and the 7 chord.
q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3

q

Tritone Blues - Part 4 Kansas City

Blues in D
q

The basics: 12-bar and chords

q

Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

Blues in G
q q

The basics: 12-bar and chords A 12 bar blues in G.

q q

G-Boogie Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way

Blues in C
q q

C C Rider Cocaine Blues

q q

Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There

Minor Blues Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Jazzier blues - moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution - part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 Add the m7 chord Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3* Part 4

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

A Turaround Lesson Turnaround - Lesson 1, part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Turnaround - Lesson 2, part 1 * Part 2 Turnaround - Lesson 3, part 1 * Part 2

Introduction to open tuning - Open D That's No Way To Get Along the Train Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Roll and Tumble Walking Black Mama

The circle of fifths - have you noticed the sequence of the keys? Great blues-guitar players - guides for those who want to play their styles These are annotated lists of books, records and videos for those of you who want to learn more about the playing styles of some of the great blues-men. (Sorry, ladies. There are not many ladies in the history of blues guitar. Memphis Minnie is the only one that comes to my mind, and I do not know any material devoted to her playing.) Robert Johnson Lonnie Johnson Big Bill Broonzy Blind Blake Rev Gary Davis B. B. King Eric Clapton

Books and videos on Blues Guitar.

Main Book Menu

Beginning Blues Guitar ** Acoustic Blues ** Electric Blues ** Acoustic Texas Blues ** Electric Texas Blues ** Delta Blues Guitar ** From the Delta to Chicago ** East Coast Blues ** Chicago Blues ** Fingerpicking Blues ** Lead Guitar ** Bottleneck / Slide Guitar ** Jazz Blues ** Scales, Chords etc ** Blues Songbooks ** Individual artists** Masters of Country Blues - DVD series

Introduction

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1
C-Major Diddie Has Something There Minor Blues Lesson 1, Part 2

You can subsitute all major chords in a 12-bar blues with the parallel minor chords, and voila: You get a minor blues. In the key A-minor, a 12-bar blues Type 1 would be like this:

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

I have not included a turnaround chord, which would be an Em7 if we should stick to minor chords througout the tune. But as there are no tritone in the m7 chord, it does not have the turnaround effect. It is the tritone in the V7 chord that calls for a resolution to the I chord, which has the turnaround effect. Some examples of tunes played with this progression are: CD Main link goes to Amazon US, Amazon UK link in parenthesis)

Artist

Tune

Key

Source

Comments An Otis Rush tune. The middle (shuffle section) modulates to major, and then it modulates back to minor.

If you like the site, give me your vote:

All Your Love Eric Clapton (I Miss Loving)

Am

John Mayall and the Bluesbreaker (UK)

The Bluesmen (from Musicroom)

Otis Rush Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

All Your Love (I Miss Loving)

F#m

Guitar White Pages

I have not written out any arrangements in this lesson, as it is the chord progression and not a particular playing style that is covered. Instead I have included backing tracks in various keys and styles. The minor pentatonic scale should be the basis for your soloing over these progressions. Backing Track - MinorBlues-1 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Minor chords only, i chord in bar 2, no turnaround. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:01:55

Part 1 If we write the similar progression as a Type 2 progression.asp (2 of 2)07. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C-Major Diddie Has Something There Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1.torvund.2005 04:01:55 . Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. it would be like this: Here are some backing tracks to practise with.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1. no turnaround.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .net I appreciate comments http://www. Backing Track .MinorBlues-2 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Minor chords only. iv chord in bar 2.Lesson 1.

part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Turnaround .the turnaround chord . We will start from where we ended in these lessons.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . We start in the key of E-major. We start from a I-chord. we are left with a G#dim chord.Lesson 1 Part 2 The turnaround takes you from the end of one verse to the beginning of the next. and return to the I-chord.Lesson 1.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence. the sequence will be: If you like the site. You can find one example of a turnaround chord sequence in E in the lesson Blues Guitar . But it will often function as an E7. It will typically end on a V7-chord. so it might be an idea to review them before you continue.Lesson 1. Gdim and F#dim. and it will often be notated as E7. which will be resolved by the I-chord at the beginning of the next verse. If we take the root out of the E7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: E G#dim Gdim F#dim E Written in tablature.torvund.asp (1 of 3)07. The chords we will be using in addition to the E.lesson. and listen carefully.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . do some melodic and/or harmonic embellishments. and a turnaround lick in Blues Guitar . The chords will then be E7. Play the same sequence of chords as real 7th chords with the root. Before going more into turnaround.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E. From there the second part goes to the V7-chord. Isn't the G#dim just the E7 in a D7-shape moved up two frets? The answer is a kind of yes and no. in case you have not been following the Blues Guitar Series.2005 04:01:58 . Here I will start with a few chord sequences that can be the basis for many turnaround licks. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites You may ask why I call them diminished. and give them these strange root notes. part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . As pointed out in the Blues Guitar . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. we have to recapitulate. the blues turnaround usually has two parts: The first part takes place from the first beat of bar 11 to the first beat of bar 12.01. are three diminished chords: G#dim.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1. D#7 and D7. http://www.

I prefer the dim7 in this contxt. E .D#7 .asp (2 of 3)07. part 1 E E7 D#7 D7 E I think they sound better as dim chords.E and E .E7 . But listen carefully to the subtle differences between the three chord sequences E . http://www.01.E#dim7 .2005 04:01:58 .F#dim . E E#dim7 Edim7 D#dim7 E There is no right or wrong here. What is right for you is right.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Edim7 D#dim7 . If I should make them into some kind of 7th chords.G#dim .D7 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.E. which means that I do not want them to function as 7th chords in this context. Your ears decide what you like.Lesson 1.torvund.E. I am telling you what kind of chords I prefer to use in this context. Edim7 and D#dim7. It will then be E#dim7.Gdim .

01.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . part 1 More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .2005 04:01:58 .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .Lesson 1.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 1 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .

asp07. and a 2nd edition was published in 1990. I have decided to make the content of the book available on the net. and still I learn a lot from having to work with it . I used to teach blues guitar to help support my living. Some of the material has already been on the net for a while. The book was revised.Blues Guitar . and other periods where I do not touch it at all.if it ever will. I know from experience that there will be periods where I work a lot on this project. and some is almost ready for the net. and there might be more than one reading list that utilizes the same material. Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. But the book has long been out of print.Introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.01. The outline is a reading list with reference to underlying documents. and published it as a book.and my own learning is the major inspiration for the work. Eventually I collected and edited the material I used in my teaching. Other parts have to be written from scratch. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Introduction.2005 04:02:00 . it would probably be of little use for the majority of you anyway.even though the sequence is meant to be a recommended sequence for studying the material. And since it was published in Norwegian only. But it takes time. So I give no promises on when it will be finished . even if it is fun. It is fun to write about music. along with material that I now think should have been in the book and material from books that was never written.torvund.Introduction Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E When I was a law student. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. and see if some of the headlines in the outline has turned into active links. But look back to this page from time to time. So do not expect me to start at the top of the outline and include new material in sequence . The book was published for the first time in 1980.

Notice that your 2nd finger is in the same position in both chords. Don't lift the finger off the string just to place it where is was .torvund. practise just this movement without caring about your 4th finger until it is fluent. Your 3rd finger crosses in the opposite direction. but it is not the easiest key to play if you are a beginner on the guitar. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter E Retailers: E7 A7 B7 How to finger the chords If you are not used to play these chord. The first finger is on 1st fret in both chords. and the less you do it. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. you should try to make as little finger movement as possible. Be careful with how you finger these changes. But it is the least flexible fingering. This will reduce the finger movement. E is a popular key for blues guitar. while the other two are placed in a useless position. you get the Amaj7 by placing your 1st finger on 3rd string. If you find the change difficult. Just move the finger across. The fingering of the Echord is in my view the only sensible way to finger this chord.2005 04:02:03 . On the other hand. This will give you an A chord. A typical beginner error is to lift all the fingers off the fingerboard and relocate each finger. To play the blues in it's simplest form. If you can keep a finger where it is.Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E This is the first in a series of lessons on playing blues guitar. The blues progression in E can be played as follows: If you like the site. the more fluent will the changes be. 2nd string. But in the E chord it holds the first fret on the 3rd string.01. do it. 1st fret.Blues Guitar . and in B7 it holds it on the 4th string. the change to and from B7 in particular might be a bit difficult. There is no clear "right" or "wrong" when it comes to fingering of the A and A7 chord. lifting it as little as possible. It might be an alternative to finger the A7 with 2nd finger on 4th string and 3rd finger on the 2nd string. When looked at in isolation. go to my BASIC BLUES and Basic 12-bar blues lessons. you need to know four chords: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. in the key of E. For a more on the 12 bar blues progression in general.asp (1 of 4)07. Usually I will recommend that you use 1st finger on 4th string. Look at the fingering indicated in the chord diagrams. Then you just add your 4th finger on 2nd fret 1st string for the B7. There is also only one way to finger this voicing of the B7 chord. With this fingering it might be easier to change to and from both E and B7. 4th string. Lift off the 2nd finger. So I will not recommend this fingering. and the finger will be a guide for the rest of your fingers.keep it on the 2nd fret of the 5th string through the change. but you do not have the A chord under your fingers. We start with the blues progression I have labeled Blues progression 1. 2nd finger on 3rd string and 3rd finger on 4th string. and you get A7. (The lessons might be overlapping). You use two fingers. and 2nd finger on 2nd fret. When fingering chords. It takes time to shift fingers.The 12 bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. from 4th string 2nd fret to 3rd string 2nd fret. the easiest way to finger the simple A7 chord is with 1st finger on 2nd fret. It depends on where you are coming from and where will go next.

Count the rhythm as you play.3 . if you prefer that). is that we can notate a chord structure that can be applied to any key. The chord a fourth above is labeled IV. Play the blues slow with a steady rhythm with four beats in each bar. and you can play it on "auto-pilot". The E7-A change could be seen as a V-I resolution in the key of A. You must play the 12-bar blues progression until it becomes second nature to you. It is almost as the harmony starts preparing for a jump to A.3 .2 . but effective and very useful lick.2 .4. And this is in fact just what it does. The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" I will give you one rather simple. The 12 bar blues will then be: Listen carefully to the change from E to E7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. and it really illustrates the double identity of the I-IV change. and which note in the bar you are playing.4.01. you will probably understand that it is inspired by Muddy Waters and the playing in his son The Hoochie Coochie Man. It is a simple lick played on the two bottom strings (or on the 6th string only. By the name I have assigned to it. The advantage of using such notation. 3 .12 bar blues in E We often use roman numbers to indicate chords relative to the root chord.asp (2 of 4)07. Download Finale File http://www.3 . But I am not saying that this is exactly how Muddy Waters played the song.Blues Guitar .2 . and the chord a fifth above is labeled V. You should know both in which bar you are. IV=A and V=B. The root chord will then be I. 2 .2005 04:02:03 . etc. when it is time to start over from 1 again. I the key of E the numbers will be: I=E.The 12 bar blues in E MIDI file . The way to count is 1 .torvund.2 .4.4. until you get to 12 .

torvund. play-along 'jam' tracks.Blues Guitar . and the 'B. Songs and solos are presented in standard notation and tablature with lyrics.B. it should be a good one. You'll learn to play melodies and solo in several keys. Addresses the simple blues form in E. throughout the neck. blues scale positions. blues soloing. Beginning Blues Guitar. and C.asp (3 of 4)07. but as I know Happy Traum. Way back in the 70's. ToC No HL841082 Review: Order From: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order from: The Ultimate Beginner Series . Kenn Chipkin. Happy gradually starts adding fills. a blues series on cassettes by Happy Traum was a great help for me.. (SG98506BCD) See more info. A Hands-On Beginner's Course In Acoustic Country Blues Homespun Listen & Learn Series Take a lesson in fingerstyle blues guitar from one of the world's most respected teacher/performers. Acoustic Blues. and C. gradually expanding on concepts. Steps One & SheetmusicPlus Two Combined(Book & CD) Amazon UK Performed by Keith Wyatt. Happy Traum Teaches Blues guitar Beginning Blues Guitar. All you need to know is how to play a Bestseller! few basic chords to get started playing along with this user-friendly book/audio package. This book will help build the foundation for your understanding of blues guitar techniques and styles for both acoustic and electric guitar. But: I am a bit sceptic to a version where the audio is squeezed down to on CD.. call and response patterns. Includes 3 CD's.. Includes simple first position blues scales needed for soloing (both fingerpicking and flatpicking) in the keys of E. I hope he publish the full version of the course on CDs.Blues Guitar Basics.G. Beginning Blues Guitar. ToC No WBUBSBK103CD Review: http://www. Take the first step towards mastering blues guitar. in addtition to surfing the web.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. slow blues. I do not know this specific set.2005 04:02:03 . Published by Hal Leonard.the entire lick on one string More Material on Basic Blues Guitar If you want some books and CDs to work with.' See more info...G.01. See more info. bass rhythms and 'boogie woogie' walking bass patterns that make the basic blues progression come alive.The 12 bar blues in E Alternate fingering . King secret scale pattern. I will suggest these for beginners: Order from: Beginner's Blues Guitar Fred Sokolow teaches you how to accompany yourself while singing the SheetmusicPlus (US) blues. turnarounds.. turnarounds. runs. Beginning with the most basic strumming of a 12bar blues pattern.. This book/CD will guide you through everything you need to know to begin playing blues Bestseller! guitar: shuffle rhythms. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.

and as backing tracks. Published by Alfred Publishing. There are tons of licks in the styles of the blues masters such as Muddy Waters and Buddy Guy. (Complete Blues Guitar Method). which makes them boring as listening track.. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .asp (4 of 4)07.Blues Guitar .12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.The 12 bar blues in E Order from: Beginning Blues Guitar (book & Enhanced Cd) SheetmusicPlus Blues Lead Guitar. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Here's a comprehensive method dedicated to the blues! This book is perfect for beginning blues and rock/blues guitarists. go the the Beginning Blues Guitar in the Guitar Books Section.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . ToC No AP8230 For more suggestions. See more info.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. If you have Band-In-ABox or you have downloaded the free Band-In-A-Box player you can play just to listen to the chords.. and as a backing track for your own playing. Backing Tracks for Practise Here you can find a simple Band-In-A-Box file with this 12 bar progression in E. The Enhanced CD demonstrates the examples in the book.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . For more information. but good for practise. This is the best step-by-step blues method for guitar that teaches the substance and style of the blues.01. Backing Track .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Download all files as a zip-file. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. Beginning Blues Guitar. All examples are shown in standard music notation and TAB.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction.2005 04:02:03 . They are long 10-15 minutes.net I appreciate comments http://www. Use them to get the sound of the cords. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . 90 and 120).torvund.

Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . the V7 chord is B7.the turnaround chord Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the first lesson we looked at a very basic 12 bar blues structure in the key of E. Download all files as a zip-file. In the key of E. You will often hear the IV chord in 2nd bar instead of the I chord. the IV chord will be A. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Backing Track .torvund.asp (1 of 3)07. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Another variation is to play V7 chords in both bar 9 and 10.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . I label this progression 12-bar Blues Progression 2. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E In roman numbers. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. and the progression will be: http://www. For more information. In E.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.01.2005 04:02:05 .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. But there are many variations of the form. the progression will be written as follows: If you like the site. the this progression will be: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. As long as we are in the key of E. just to give it a name.

2005 04:02:05 . They all come with CDs http://www. I played a very simple little figure: Download Finale File Material for further exploration of the blues form.torvund.01.alternate 10 bar You can of course also play a IV-chord in bar 2.Blues Guitar . and at the end before returning to E. which will give you this progression: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E . I played the lick both as an intro before landing on the A. There are of course many books that deals with blues.alternate 10 bar More on the "Hoochie Coochie lick" You may have wondered what I played when I came to the A-chord in bar 5. if you listened to the MP3. Over the A chord.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E 12 bar blues Type 1 in E . As you probably heard.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. But these three books will take you through many ways of playing the basic 12-bar chord structure. with this ending.asp (2 of 3)07.

Unless jazz is you main interest.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .. and bebop blues. shuffle. Includes tab and notation. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. New Orleans.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. and not the blues as such. slow. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. and other forms of popular music. 92 pages. the book focuses on the shuffle.2005 04:02:05 .. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. Covers: boogie. Chicago. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Book/CD package. By Jim Ferguson. As the name says.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . the book focuses on the shuffle.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Kansas City. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . It explores shuffle.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Chicago. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well).Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Rhythm/backup. This is one of my favorites! See more info. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. and other blues styles. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. soloing. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . bebop. and not the blues as such. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. swing. and jazzy blues progressions.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . .. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . intros. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. rock 'n' roll. Jim Ferguson . and covers Delta. it will take you through various blues progressions. turnarounds. minor. country. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks.01.net I appreciate comments http://www. West Coast. (HL695005) See more info.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E.the turnaround chord Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Texas. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . accompanying keyboards and more. As the name says. riff. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub..

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We can introduce the C7-chord on the second beat in the last bar. it would be: Retailers: You should notice that the V7 chord is played from the second beat of the last bar. You might play it on all four beats of the last bar. The simplest turnaround is just to end on the V7 chord. What you do is to create some tension at the end of the verse. If you let a strong dissonance ring. and I am sure that you have heard many turnarounds played.asp (1 of 3)07. And then you go to B7 by moving the chord down one fret. but it might work well as a quick passing chord.2005 04:02:08 . If you like the site.torvund. A turnaround turns you around: It takes you from them end of the verse to the beginning of the next. But for this very short chord. You do this by ending on a V7 chord.An introduction to turnarounds Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . You get the C7 just by moving the B7 up one fret. it is not that important. which is dissolved by the I chord in the beginning of the next verse.Blues Guitar . C7 12 bar blues Type 1 in E with turnaround chord http://www. but it does not sound as good.or at least one usually does not end on this chord. you have to end on a I chord. you will feel that you have to play another verse. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter In E.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds the turnaround chord Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You have probably already heard the word turnaround. This creates a V7-I change. In the last verse. It sounds better if you damp it out by leaning your 3rd finger on the 2nd string. that is resolved when you start the next verse. then it will sound "wrong".01. The open B string will give you a strong dissonance if you let it ring with the C7 chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround. or a I7 chord. giving you a last line that looks like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If you end on the V7 chord. give me your vote: You cannot end on the V7 chord .

And then it is back to the basic lick.5 x 9. Guitar Method. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Backing Track . Blues Lead Guitar. In bar 12 there is little chromatic run from A to B. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track ..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround. From SheetmusicPlus Backing tracks for practise I leave you with these backing tracks with 12-bar blues type 1 and 2.An introduction to turnarounds The end of the Hoochie Coochie lick When starting on the turnaround.. and another simple chromatic run down to A in bar 10. (AM973775) See more info. As you see. softcover. It's Easy To Fake. it is time to turn around to our Hoochie Coochie lick on more time.5.. For more information.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord.2005 04:02:08 . 6. For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Published by Amsco.. it is a very simple move ut the the B in bar 9.01. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb More on Blues Turnarounds http://www.Blues Guitar by Joe Bennett..12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord.Blues Guitar . with turnaround chords this time. and you are ready for another 12 bar.asp (2 of 3)07. and then it is the normal route back to E again. Download Finale File PDF-File If you want to make a short cut . 96 pages. and look at how it ended. a run I am sure you have heard many times before..torvund.

Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround.An introduction to turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .torvund.Blues Guitar .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .2005 04:02:08 .

the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm We do not always want the strings to ring out.. If you are playing barré chords. See more info. A lighter damping will give you more of the actual note. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Damping by left hand is also done by touching the strings with your fingers. This is the main element in the Merle Travis / Chet Atkins style. It takes some time to get the control you need. but you will need a lot of practise to get control. the left hand or both. This is the key to the rhythm of Bo Diddley. which gives you a strong rhythm.6 verses with various damping techniques Right hand damping You can damp the strings with your right hand in two different ways. and by that stop the ringing. Order from: Easy Blues Rhythms For Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Ed Lozano. Blues. you can release the barré. Left hand damping If you like the site. You "simply" touch the strings with your hand. But it is a must for rhythmic playing.torvund. Is is almost as if you are playing some kind of a drum. You can vary the time from playing to damping. for instance if one string will give you a note that does not belong to the chord you are playing. 72 pages. Instructional method book with compact disc.. ToC No CP-69100 Review: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping. If you want to damp out individual strings. It creates a stronger rhythm if we cut the notes short and have a more staccato playing. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Rhythm is a key to good blues playing. which makes it possible to combine legato and staccato lines. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in E . it can be almost only rhythm.. See more info. and you need to learn damping techniques to get the rhythm. You can strum the strings without letting them ring. A classical player will damp by resting the fingertips on the strings.Damping techniques Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . If you damp hard (short time). but that does not mean easy. Published by SheetmusicPlus Koala Publications (Australian import). You can have an even strum of 8th or 16th notes. ToC No AM971432 Review: Order from: Blues Rhythm Guitar Technique Book/Cd Guitar method. Guitar Method. It is "simple". Retailers: After some time of practise. But it is harder to get a really driving rhythm with this technique. and by that damp the whole chord.. With this technique you can damp out individual strings. It is simple.asp (1 of 2)07. This can give you a driving rhythm and a singing melody and/or clear harmony at the same time. What to prefer depends on what you are playing.2005 04:02:10 . You can damp the strings by either the right hand . You will often do it by leaning over the finger that is fretting the adjacent string. and create a strong syncopated rhythm just by damping with you left hand.Blues Guitar . you will touch this string with one of your fingers.01. rock and jazz players will usually damp the strings by either the heel or the side of the hand. Book and CD. Published by Amsco. you will be able to damp the bass-strings and let the treble strings ring out.

01. 3 pages. DVD.asp (2 of 2)07. Inc. reveals his favourite blues chord voicing and comping concepts.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . This video has all the tricks to help you go beyond the basics of playing blues rhythm guitar.Blues Guitar . Published by Music Sales.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping. Size 8. and several complete 12-bar blues progressions. QwikLicks. Published by Mel Bay Publications. licks & phrases.75. See more info.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .75x11. Blues. Keith explores everything from straight-eighth boogie blues to rock shuffles and sophisticated uptown styles.the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. ToC No WBREH891 Blues Riffs. chord substitution. 2nd Edition guitar.Damping techniques Order from: Blues Guitar Rhythm Basics SheetmusicPlus By Corey Christiansen.net I appreciate comments http://www... Level: Intermediate. go to the Rhythm Guitar Page in the Guitar Books Sections Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . blues progression variations. Edited by Tim Landers. For Guitar (Electric). Rhythms & Secrets DVD. DVD+Chart.. GIT's resident blues authority. straight-eightth and shuffle patterns. Published by Warner Brothers.2005 04:02:10 . See more info. ToC Review: Order DVD from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus No FR00915 For more on Rhythm Guitar. Guitar video: DVD/VHS Video. See more info. Includes: classic blues chord voicings... ToC No MB20389DP Review: The Ultimate Beginner Series Beyond Basics: Blues Guitar Rhythm Chops Keith Wyatt..

My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman. 64 pages. you have to listen to the real bluesmen and study their playing style. Books and records for further studies If you want to learn the blues. See more info. the first is longer and heavy. And now. Book/CD package. Size 9x12 inches.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique." is more of an instruction series. But it is used as a term for a rhythm where each beat is subdivided in two. with detailed breakdown of the songs. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues. you will get an impression of their playing style by listening to some of these soundbits. The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman. Inc. You simply have to listen to Robert Johnson if you are serious about blues guitar.Blues Guitar . Performed by Robert Johnson. By Dave Rubin. Solos. But the "Early .torvund. and then "Free Downloads" on the banner menu. but now I will mention Sweet Home Chicago and You've Got A Good Friend. With notes and tablature. you will find more than 200 titles. see: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. In this study. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002.01. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard. for the first. some are not. Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. You can hear it on the record Roots Of Robert Johnson. Choose "Music" on the menu to the left at their main page.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Don't ask me what shuffle really means. Amazon US and Amazon UK have soundbits (ca. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Many his songs have a shuffle style.Amazon US has also made available a large number of music files for free download. Of these two notes. Hard Time Killin' Floor. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. Amazon US and Amazon UK for records by John Lee Hooker. This gives you the shuffle rhythm. Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach. Book and CD package. but I list a few that in my view are good collections.. But I will suggest that you start with this one: If you like the site. is it time to mention Robert Johnson. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. was Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues from 1935. If you don't know the artists. 30 sec) from the majority of the records they have listed. but far from last time in this series of blues lessons. which is the back bone of a lot of blues playing. I have made a separate web-page with references to material on his playing. I am not pretending that I know all their records. I have included references to books and CDs that I think should be of interest. A tip: CDNOW. give me your vote: Robert Johnson . Everyone interested in blues guitar should know Robert Johnson. Some are very good.. technique and style of Robert Johnson. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues." set. You have to use some damping to get it right.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first Delta artist to record a shuffle. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues.2005 04:02:14 . Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s.. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub. If you search CDNOW. the second is short and light. Retailers: Robert Johnson. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues. ToC No HL695264 Review: For more on this style.. Many bluesmen have issued hundreds of records. Stove Pipe Stomp.asp (1 of 3)07.

you will limit you playing possibilities. the B7 is difficult.no name given .E6 . 72 pages. Then you can use 3rd finger on 5th string.2005 04:02:14 . What you are doing. Published by Hal Leonard. It takes some time to get enough control to play a good shuffle without hitting the 6th string. and don't use it. You will notice that we alternates between two shapes while playing to one chord. In E we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 5th string. but with some training it can do a lot of work! http://www. As always. and in A we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 4th string. There is only one way to finger the shuffle over the E . Amazon UK The typical shuffle is played as a chord fragment on two bass strings. This fingering is even harder. Here you can hear the first recorded delta blues shuffle: Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues Order from: Amazon US Amazon UK Order from: Acoustic Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Dave Rubin. 4th and maybe 3rd string. it is a moveable position. Booker White and others. Use your pinky (4th finger)! Many guitar players find their 4th finger too weak. When coming down from B7 (see below) I might prefer this fingering. is to shift from E to E6 or A to A6. (HL695139) See more info. (HL694937) See more info. and play out of 2nd fret.. I usually prefer to play it almost as I play the Eshuffle. or you can move the fingering across to the 5th and 4th string.Blues Guitar .01.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002.E7 chords. . You play only the bottom two (or three) stings. pos. Go to the 5th fret with your 4th finger. But the record listed should give a good selection.to finger this shuffle. But since there are no open string. E7) shuffle. and make a small barré with your 1st finger over the 4th and 5th string at 2nd fret.unless you Amazon US go for the Boxed set with 10 CDs. 9th fret.in my opinion . and 4th finger on 5th.. I have even seen well known instructors . which makes it very useful. You can either move the second A-position up two frets.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. so it will take some time to get it. Roots of Robert Johnson This CD has nothing to do with the book of the same title.. Then you use the 3rd finger on 4th fret. 5th fret. But if you remove one finger from you fretting hand. The best way .recommend that you don't use it. and 4th finger on 10th fret. Size 9x12 inches. by seminal bluesman such as Blind Blake. The 4th finger will never be the stronger of your fingers.torvund. and fret the 4th fret with your 3rd (ring) finger. It is a tough stretch. The book is discussed a little further in conjunction with The book of the month August 2002. Skip James. Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-for-note transcriptions). E- A- A- shuffle (E. 2nd finger on 5th string. 2 There are two ways to finger the A-shuffle.. including: Cross Road Blues * I'm Gonna Yola My Blues Away * Lead Pencil Blues * Life Saver Blues * My Black Mama * Roll and Tumble Blues * You Gonna Need Somebody When You Die * and more. The other position is out of the 5th fret: 1st finger on 6th string. This collection presents note-for-note transcriptions and performance notes for 12 timeless songs that inspired the legendary Robert Johnson. Published by Hal Leonard. 1 shuffle. Lonnie Johnson. and you get the 7th chord. But be careful not to play the 6th (bottom) string. Jimmy Reed . Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Order Jimmy Reed : Blues Masters-Very Best Of Jim from: I have not found any CD that includes all the songs in the book above .Master Bluesman* Performed by Jimmy Reed. With notes and tablature. It is a matter of practise. Son House. is by making a short barré covering two strings on 2nd fret with your index (1st) finger. I just move it across to the 5th. 7th fret. pos.asp (2 of 3)07. E6.

Both verses are played with alternating down.asp (3 of 3)07. 3rd.01. Click here for an example of a shuffle. giving a more straight feel. A stretch from 2nd to 5th fret might be somewhere from very hard to almost impossible. one will typically use down-strokes only. they are almost equal. You can either play alternating down. Again. You will eventually be able to stretch you fingers more. By varying the ratio between the first and second part of the beet. while all downstroke give you a more even and straight sound.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Are your fingers "too short" for the stretch? Use capo! The shuffle requires a stretch that some players find hard. Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar . 4th or whatever fret that makes it comfortable.torvund. The distance between the frets are smaller higher up the neck.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . In Chuck Berry's style. Another way to vary the shuffle. Move the capo down one fret at the time. until you can play the stretch without the capo. where the first verse is played with a heavy shuffle. But a good way to practise these stretches is to put on a capo in 2nd. is to vary the strokes. meaning that the first part is much longer and more heavy than the second. Jimmy Reed typically plays with a heavy shuffle.2005 04:02:14 . and the second with a more straight feel. you can create different grooves.and up-strokes as done in the recorded example mentioned above.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .and up-strokes. In Chuck Berry style and in more modern heavy rock style. or by down-strokes only. Alternating strokes tend to emphasize the heavier shuffle. but the stretch from 7th to 10th fret (with capo on 5th fret) might be quite comfortable. and one can have the feeling that the fingers are too short. it is really a matter of practise.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E.net I appreciate comments http://www. Go to the Next lesson for a 12-bar shuffle blues written out in tab.

7th and 9th fret.2005 04:02:21 . and it will often sound better. In the arrangement above. I have been faithful to the shuffle throughout the piece. You may prefer to play the B7as it is written to the right.Blues Guitar .torvund. But you do not have to do that. It is easier to play. you do not go up to 5th. This is the way Eric Claptonusually plays when he is playing acoustic blues in E. http://www.E-Shuffle Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File As always when we are playing in the key of E.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle. If he can. the B7gives us some challenges.01. then you continue with A7as you played in bar 5 and 6. why should not we do it? If you play this B7.asp (1 of 2)07.E-Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Lesson 4B: Blues Guitar .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle.E-Shuffle Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .2005 04:02:21 .asp (2 of 2)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

01. But they fit nicely together. they work well on their own. and you are ready for prime time.2005 04:02:23 .torvund. Combine them.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle. Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Now you should have a simple.asp (1 of 2)07. As I hope you have seen. but very effective lick and an equally simple but strong rhythm pattern under your belt.

Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work. By Bob Margolin. DVD (Digital Video Disc).Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund..3x7. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Waters DVD SheetmusicPlus Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the roots of this MusicRoom Classic American song form. Size 9x12 inches.asp (2 of 2)07. Performed by Muddy Waters.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .. Published by Hal Leonard.torvund.Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . By learning the secrets of his technique.. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters .The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Order from: Muddy Waters . Signature Licks Licks DVD. you can get your own mojo working for you.net I appreciate comments http://www. 48 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle. (HL660052) See more info. Dvd. Size 5. Published by Hal Leonard. Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab).2005 04:02:23 .. See more info.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01.5 inches.Blues Guitar .

Play these chords as closed position chords => do not play any open strings. The /C# means that you are playing a C# as bass note. In this progression. E6 and E7 shuffle (and the similar in A). Again you play them as closed position chords. Instead of E6. played as an E-chord moved up to 4th/5th fret. I prefer to play the A-chord as a partial barré with 1st finger fretting 2nd. you will find a discussion of these sonic shapes. A-shape and Middle D-shape. Over the A-chord.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We can build on the E. just the two on the outer strings.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. As usual. In this harmonized shuffle. but now played with the 3rd finger. we play D (or Bm7) instead of the A6. and we play C instead of the A7. But we will not discuss that in this lesson. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. you can move the closed A patterns two frets up.torvund.Harmonized shuffle in E http://www. you might play an A/C# chord. Then we move the chord up to a G. If you want to continue the harmonized shuffle. 3rd and 4th strings in 2nd fret. But you might also just go out of the harmonized shuffle and play a more simple pattern over the B7 chord. It takes some time to get this right. If you take a sidestep to my Harmonized fretboard lesson. The chord might be also be written as F#m7. so it does not really matter if you touch it with your 1st finger. The fingerings for the A/C# (F#m7).Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A/C# (F#m7) G D/F# (Bm7) C You might prefer not to play the middle note. Here we get a little bit into chord substitution. which again means that you are playing the chord in first inversion. we do not play the 1st string. and at the same time not touch the 1st string. but extend it to chords.2005 04:02:26 . It takes some time to get this position to sound good: To fret three strings in a way that gives you a clear tone.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. D (Bm7) and C are shown below. labeled E/Am shape. Experiment with it! 12 bar blues . the B7 gives us some trouble.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle. Middle minor shape. I also prefer to play the C-chord as a similar partial barré. G.

2005 04:02:26 .Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle.01.torvund.asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .

and not the blues as such. and bebop blues.torvund. As the name says. West Coast. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. the book focuses on the shuffle. it can be labeled a I-IV-IIIb progression. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style.IV and I .IIIb .Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle If we look at the harmonized shuffle as a chord progression. the book focuses on the shuffle. Material for further exploration the shuffle. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.01. and covers Delta.IV . Kansas City. (HL695005) See more info.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.Blues Guitar . a I-IIIb-IV progression. New Orleans.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle. and not the blues as such... Chicago. As the name says. or if we shift the order. Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. it will take you through various blues progressions. This chord progression is discussed in my lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World . country.IIIb progression.net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .The I . It explores shuffle. Texas.2005 04:02:26 . Includes tab and notation.

Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . You should know both. It gives you a change from Em to E Over the A-chord we have the same movement. I think of it as typical for the playing of Brownie McGhee. you fret 2nd string 3rd fret.A6 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.major change.Treble shuffle in E If you like the site. E . To get E6. but it is a matter of context and of taste. 12 bar blues .2005 04:02:29 . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We start with an E-chord.asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.torvund. and to get E7. You can have the same kind of minor .Blues Guitar . but he fingerpicks with a monotone bass. but the fingering is more difficult. a fingering that leaves your 4th finger free.E7 is played on the treble strings. Personally I like this new voicing better. fingered as discussed in Blues Guitar lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E. Look in the tabulature for this. So it is better to slide the whole chord up from 1st to 2nd fret.E6 . Now the movement E . once again with the 4th finger doing all the work on 1st string. so we do not care about this chord now. you fret 2nd string 2nd fret. hammering on to 1st fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle.E7 A .Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie This is another variation of the shuffle.E6 . Note that this gives you another voicing of the E7 chord than the one shown in the first lesson. B7 is difficult.A7 Retailers: I often start with open 3rd string as a pick-up note.

Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.asp (2 of 3)07.. Chicago. As the name says. Kansas City.Blues Guitar . it will take you through various blues progressions. It explores shuffle. the book focuses on the shuffle. Texas. the book focuses on the shuffle. and not the blues as such. Includes tab and notation. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. As the name says. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. country. New Orleans. West Coast. and bebop blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle. Rhythm Playing http://www. and not the blues as such. (HL695005) See more info.2005 04:02:29 . and covers Delta.torvund.01.

01.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .2005 04:02:29 .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. I have included a few variations.2005 04:02:30 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Boom Boogie Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . The first is one that reminds me of the playing of John Lee Hooker.Blues Guitar .Muddy Boogie There are many variations of the shuffle.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. and that is why I have called it Boom Boogie.

For guitar and voice. John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With. Includes 'Boom Boom'. With guitar tablature. 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'.asp (2 of 3)07. performed to simulate the original recordings. The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. (Follow the link to artist for more information). 112 pages.. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions.. chord names.2005 04:02:30 . ToC No HL660169 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order from: John Lee Hooker . John Lee Hooker: . series. Blues. vocal melody.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Boom Boogie Download Finale File For more on John Lee Hooker's playing. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www. lyrics. introductory text and performance notes.Play Guitar With.. See more info. Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks. Format: guitar tablature songbook.. you can get this book.01. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks...A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker. standard notation. Published by Hal Leonard.torvund.Blues Guitar . guitar notation legend. 9x12 inches.

01.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.2005 04:02:30 .Blues Guitar .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Muddy Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.

But I am sure you know that there is more to the turnaround than just the ending chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce. Note the fingering of these chords. and this is easy. you should finger the A-chord with your 2nd. In E this means that you play B7 .A . We use the same fingering of the E7 as we used in the Treble Shuffle. 2nd and 3rd finger. What fingering to choose depends on where you are coming from and where you are going. this time in the first beat of bar 12.Am . you will have to reposition your hand once more. They will "always" (there is no really "always" or "never" in blues) take place in bar 11 of a 12 bar blues. A and Am. The fingering of the A-chord might feel awkward. by going back to the position you just left. it makes your playing more fluent. The turnaround lick takes place on 2nd. The key to a fluent playing of the sequence is the fingering of the A-chord. give me your vote: E7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A A / Am Am The sequence of chords is (E) .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . you only have to move your fingers a little bit.Muddy Boogie Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format..E7 . Retailers: If you like the site. 3rd fret. 3rd and 4th beat of bar 11. but in this particular chord sequence. and land on the I chord in the first beat of bar 11. as indicated in the A / Am diagram.Blues Guitar . If you to it this way.2005 04:02:33 . But when you go from E7 to A. When you continue to the Am. More on Blues Turnarounds http://www. you will have to reposition the entire hand. 3rd and 4th finger.A7 and then land on E.torvund. it starts form the I chord at beat 1 of bar 11 and ends on another I chord at the first beat of bar 12. In this sequence of chords you are coming from E to E7. If you finger the A-chord as you would usually do. as shown in the diagram. you only have to lift your pinky if you finger the chords as described. You change from E to E7 just by adding the 4th finger on 2nd string.(E). You come down from the V7 -IV7 chords in bar 9 and 10.A Turnaround Chord Sequence Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . We pick up from where we left in lesson 3. These chords are A7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have discussed the turnaround chord. and you once again land on the I chord. you should know where the turnaround licks takes place. There is no correct way to finger one specific chord. But before we do that. But on the second beat of bar 11 you take off for something to make the ending more interesting.01. with 1st. If you finger the A-chord as you would normally do. In this lesson we will look closer at the chord sequence that we used in The Harmonized Shuffle in E.asp (1 of 2)07. and continue with a sequence of chords in bar 11.

Blues Guitar - A Turnaround Chord Sequence

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks - Muddy Boogie

Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:33

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E
Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

So far we have been playing turnarounds as chords only, and we have only used one chord sequence. There are many more you can use. But I am sure you know that there are many turnaround licks, played as more or less melodic runs. You should learn as many turnaround licks as possible. In the long run it is boring if you use only one turnaround for all your songs. And they are building blocks for solos.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
This one is hard to read, but easy to play. You only strum the chords, until you come to the turnaround.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
PDF-File

Turnarounds in E (not edited yet)
Download Finale File Order from: Blues Turnarounds A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. By Dave Rubin and Rusty SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Zinn. Guitar Educational. Book and CD package. With notes and tablature. Size 9x12 inches. 40 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info... ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe - 101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. McCabe's 101 Series. Blues. Level: Multiple Levels. Book/CD package. Licks and phrases. Size 8.75x11.75. 48 pages. Published by Mel Bay Pub., Inc. See more info... ToC No MB95360BCD Review:

More on Blues Turnarounds
q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Further references Ls:G1 1998-08, Ls:GP 2000-03

Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Fill In

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1
Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

You have of course noticed that turnaround-like licks are not only played at the end of each verse, but at the end of each line. I call these licks at the end of the first and second line Fill in licks. They are basically the same as turnaround licks, and takes place in the same position in the line: They start from a I-chord at the first beat of the third bar of each line, and end on a I-chord on the first beat of the last bar of each line. The last three bars of the last bar varies, according to which line it is. In the first line we go to a I7 chord, on the second line we stay at the I chord, and as we already know: The last line often ends at a V7 chord.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

12 bar blues in E with fill ins

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:37

Fill In Download Finale File PDF-File Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 2)07.2005 04:02:37 .torvund.01.

Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Shuffle with fill ins Retailers: If you like the site. The example show one way to break up the monotony of the shuffle.torvund. Your ear decide what to choose. It is loosely based on a Robert Johnson's classic. some sounds better at the end of the first or second line. made famous by Eric Clapton's recordings.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:02:40 . You can of course combine the shuffle with fill-ins. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. «Ramblin' on my mind». But some sounds better at the end of a verse. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Part 1 In principle all turnaround licks can be used as fill-in licks.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2.

Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. In this study." set.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2. Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. Hard Time Killin' Floor. The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman. Solos.2005 04:02:40 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus . Malted Milk is on of many Robert Johnson classics recorded by Eric Clapton's. My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman. Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues. Book and CD package. Inc. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots . Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). Stove Pipe Stomp. The most famous of Robert Johnson's shuffle recordings is probably Sweet Home Chicago.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique.01. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard. ToC No HL695264 Review: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann. But the "Early . With notes and tablature. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues.. http://www.asp (2 of 3)07." is more of an instruction series.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 PDF-File Other examples are Eric Clapton's recordings of Before You Accuse Me and Malted Milk on his Unplugged album. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub. By Dave Rubin.torvund. See more info. Size 9x12 inches. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues.. 64 pages... Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s. with detailed breakdown of the songs. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. Performed by Robert Johnson. Robert Johnson . Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Book/CD package.. Follow this link for more material on Robert Johnson's playing. technique and style of Robert Johnson.

instructional text and performance notes. With standard guitar notation.net I appreciate comments http://www. chord names. Series: Hal Leonard . Includes instructional book and examples CD.2005 04:02:40 . Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . I suggest that you get a book/CD set or a video with such material. See more info. written by Wolf Marshall. 72 pages. Acoustic Rock.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002. Blues rock and adult contemporary. guitar tablature... Published by Hal Leonard.torvund. guitar notation legend. Bestseller! introductory text. Performed by Eric Clapton. lyrics. and in particular want some more material for listening and getting the sounds. For guitar. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom If you think we are going too fast.asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2. Go to Recommended Books for Beginning Blues Gutiar to get some suggestions. vocal melody.01. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. 9x12 inches. guitar chord diagrams.

torvund.Blues Guitar .The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Many songs are carried by a driving bass-line. give me your vote: Retailers: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File http://www. We can start with a boogie pattern for each chord.it depends on how you play and the context.Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If you like the site.2005 04:02:42 .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E. and the Boogie Bass is a good example and a starting point from where you can derive many variations. It is simple.asp (1 of 2)07.01. sometimes boring. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Simple Boogie Bass in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. sometimes interesting .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E.The Boogie Bass line .net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:02:42 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (2 of 2)07.torvund.Part 1 Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .01.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01. which we can get if we extend the pattern into a two-bar pattern.Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 What we really want.Blues Guitar .Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . is a more continuous line. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Bass Boogie in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and a descending in the second.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2.torvund.2005 04:02:44 . We play an ascending phrase in the first bar.asp (1 of 2)07.

net I appreciate comments http://www.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .01.torvund.asp (2 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:02:44 .Part 2 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boogie with chords in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Blues Guitar .Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 It is possible to combine a boogie bass-line with chords. and work on it.2005 04:02:46 .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01. It give you some long stretches with your 4th finger the finger that has to do most of the work. But do as we said in lesson 4.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.Blues Guitar .01.torvund.Part 3 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:02:46 .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .torvund.01.2005 04:02:46 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.

2005 04:02:49 .asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boom Boogie New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . It is the rhythm that is driving his playing.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.torvund.Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 I think of this playing style as typical of John Lee Hooker. and have nick named the example Boom Boogie.

Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. Blues.. With guitar tablature.Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Material on John Lee Hooker's playing style The Very Best Of John Lee Hooker It is hundreds of John Lee Hooker records on the market. The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. series. But this is a good collection. 9x12 inches. lyrics. For guitar and voice.. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists.2005 04:02:49 . ToC No HL660169 John Lee Hooker: .01. Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks. guitar notation legend. 112 pages. Includes 'Boom Boom'. vocal melody. Order from: Amazon USA Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) John Lee Hooker: ..torvund. 'Sally Mae' and 'I'm In The Mood'. chord names. and it is hard to know where to begin. standard notation. Includes a selection of photographs and an interview in which the blues legend discusses his early years.. performed to simulate the original recordings. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www. 'Boogie Chillen'. Published by Hal Leonard.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4. See more info. ToC No LC10000 Order from: MusicRoom (UK) Amazon USA Order from: John Lee Hooker .. Format: guitar tablature songbook.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'. introductory text and performance notes.asp (2 of 3)07.Vital Blues Guitar Authentic tablature transcriptions from the original Detroit recordings of John Lee Hooker's greatest songs. as well as songs such as 'Hobo Blues'. John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With.A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker..Play Guitar With.

Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 4 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:49 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.01.torvund.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . a blues giant we will return to later.torvund.Part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:51 .01.Part 5 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 This is a boogie that reminds me of Muddy Waters. Muddy Boogie Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 3)07.

48 pages. New Orleans. Size 9x12 inches. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. As the name says. Kansas City. you can get your own mojo working for you.asp (2 of 3)07.01. Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing http://www. As the name says.Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin. See more info..Muddy Waters DVD Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom roots of this Classic American song form. the book focuses on the shuffle. DVD (Digital Video Disc). Chicago. Published by Hal Leonard.torvund. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.. and covers Delta. It explores shuffle. Size 5..Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . the book focuses on the shuffle.. By learning the secrets of his technique. Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work.3x7. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. and bebop blues. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. and not the blues as such. Performed by Muddy Waters. Dvd. Published by Hal Leonard.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5. Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab).Part 5 Download Finale File PDF-File Order from: Muddy Waters ..2005 04:02:51 .. it will take you through various blues progressions. By Bob Margolin. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters . country.5 inches. Texas. and not the blues as such. (HL660052) See more info. West Coast. (HL695005) See more info. Includes tab and notation. Signature Licks Licks DVD.

asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .torvund.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 5 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:51 .01.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:53 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6. You can also hear Eric Clapton playing the same lick with John Mayall in the song What'd I say. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. This is a 12-bar blues based on the riff from The Beatles' Day Tripper.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Trip of the Day New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 6 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Many songs are based on bass-riffs derived from boogie playing.asp (1 of 2)07. (But Day Tripper is not within the 12-bar blues format and have a few more bars and chords).torvund.01.

Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom The Beatles Hits . Eric Clapton.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . (HL694896) See more info. and presents the main parts played slow and up to tempo. by Wolf Marshall.signature licks Order from: SheetmusicPlus I like the books in the "Signature licks" series. 80 pages. HL690489 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . * Back In The U.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6. Published by Hal Leonard.torvund.2005 04:02:53 . Size 9x12 inches. Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-fornote transcriptions).. With notes and tablature.S. * A Hard Day's Night * Help! * Helter Skelter * Hey Bulldog * I Feel Fine * I Saw Her Standing There * I Want You (She's So Heavy) * I Want To Hold Your Hand * I'm Down * I've Just Seen A Face * If I Needed Someone * Get Back * The End (HL695049) The Beatles 1 There is of course a book that goes with the No 1 record. MusicRoom The songs are: All My Loving * And I Love Her * And Your Bird Can Sing..Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (2 of 2)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Breakers* Performed by John Mayall.S.Part 6 Download Finale File PDF-File John Mayall with Eric Eric Clapton .01. They break down songs.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Further references Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.R * Can't Buy Me Love * Come Together * Day Tripper * Drive My Car * The End * Everybody's Trying To Be My Baby * Everybody's Got Something To Hide Except Me And My Monkey * Fixing A Hole * Get Back * Getting Better * Good Morning Good Morning.

or play with a combination of flatpicking and fingerpicking. and in my opinion.torvund. it becomes second nature.2005 04:02:56 . the rest of the fingers follows and vice versa. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Monotone Bass in E If you like the site. but it also stiffens your hand. Mance Lipscomb is the player to start with. We start with the monotone bass technique. To get a good rhythm. I think of this style as typical of Acoustic Texas Blues Guitar. To learn the basic technique is almost as learning to ride a bicycle: In the beginning it seems almost impossible to keep the balance on the two wheels. The natural movement of the fingers is to grip. Then you can move on to Lightnin' Hopkins. But we are playing blues. you can move quite freely around the fingerboard. not classical guitar. When you move the thumb.Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass . and we might give higher priority to a driving rhythm. you will probably have some difficulties getting the fingers on you right hand to work independent of each other. and you will never loose the skill. Big Bill Broonzy (not a Texas player) etc. When playing the bass notes on open strings. you must apply some right hand damping (see Lesson 4). But suddenly it works.Blues Guitar . It is not without reason that this playing technique is a No-No among classical guitar players. The only solution to the problem is practice.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Many players use a thumb pick when playing in this style.asp (1 of 3)07. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking. If you are not used to fingerpicking. This playing technique gives you a steady rhythm and a harmonic back bone. Remember that fingerpicking is not only for acoustic guitar. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. It might help to give a more forceful attack. You play a steady bass. but now I usually play without. I used to play with a thumb pick. In this lesson we will take a first look into blues fingerpicking.Rocking Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Fingerpicking makes it easier to play more than one line at the time. Many players support their picking hand by resting their little finger on the guitar top. But it is harder to get a strong attack and a driving rhythm. either as quarter notes on the beat or some kind of a shuffle. and find out what you prefer. Many electric blues players fingerpicks. Experiment.01.

8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . A. Fingerstyle Blues. walking bass. SG98503BCD See more info. Beginning Blues Guitar. that does not get disturbed by what the other fingers are doing. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system. chromatic runs and hot licks. plus standard notation and tablature.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: . Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C. D. single-string runs. With graded exercises. and F. Book and CD. Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking. You must have a rock solid thumb. and counterpoint lines. but a necessary step on the way to learn fingerpicking. 96 pages. G-Boogie . This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M.. It is boring... More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman. G.Blues Guitar . This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons. illustrated tips. and end tags.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File Start by getting a steady bass line. (SG95289VX) See more info.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Galbo. and it takes time to develop this.2005 04:02:56 . the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note.01. the hammer-on and pull-off.8bar blues in A . E.asp (2 of 3)07. blues vibrato. syncopated bass. Published by Amsco. Focused lessons include: finger. In support of the book's contents. Bestseller! See more info. phrase-by-phrase instruction.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues ..torvund..strengthening exercises. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www.

torvund.An introduction to blues fingerpicking q Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Alternating bass.Rocking Baby Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking.Blues Guitar . See See Rider Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass .2005 04:02:56 .asp (3 of 3)07.01.net I appreciate comments http://www.

torvund. But keep it simple. But the basic principle applies here as in so many other aspects of our lives: Learn how to follow the rules before you start to break them. add a turnaround.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking.Lesson 12 B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When the bass is going. and make sure that the bass is going steady.2005 04:02:59 . you will often hear that the bass stops.Blues Guitar .01.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . When you listen to people who are playing in this style. you can try to add some melody notes. Rocking Baby New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07. Rocking Baby is an example on how you can combine some melody notes with a monotone bass. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Start with adding a single note here and there. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. etc.

An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File «Lightnin' Hopkins lick» The turnaround lick in Rocking Baby is typical of Lightnin' Hopkins. I use to call it the «Lightnin' Hopkins lick». PDF-File More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking http://www.torvund. I call it the Boom Boom Lick. «Boom Boom lick» This lick is often used in John Lee Hooker's Boom Boom.asp (2 of 3)07. It is a variation of the "Lightnin' Hopkins lick". but to put it apart. For this reason.2005 04:02:59 .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking.01.

plus standard notation and tablature. Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C. and counterpoint lines. single-string runs. Beginning Blues Guitar. A. Fingerstyle Blues. Focused lessons include: finger.8bar blues in A .Blues Guitar . E. SG98503BCD See more info.asp (3 of 3)07. Published by Amsco. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system. 96 pages. Alternating bass...2005 04:02:59 . This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .strengthening exercises.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman.torvund. This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique. Bestseller! See more info. G. walking bass... phrase-by-phrase instruction. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Galbo. In support of the book's contents.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Book and CD. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M. Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes. blues vibrato.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking. G-Boogie .. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. and end tags. chromatic runs and hot licks. syncopated bass.. and F. D. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: .net I appreciate comments http://www. the hammeron and pull-off. With graded exercises. (SG95289VX) See more info.01. illustrated tips.

This is.16-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .) If you like the site.he was a master improviser) a fugue based on the theme created by his name: B-A-C-H. In English.asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . and the English Bb is B. You can find 8. as in Germany. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: (I have to re-write this into English notation. The H7 means B7. and then the whole point of the story has gone.Power Chords The 12-bar format is the most common blues form. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We have played See See Rider as a 12-bar blues. As long as there was only one man and his guitar. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. In this 16-bar form. give me your vote: See See Rider . but there are many others. it does not make sense.16 bar instrumental in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. he could add or omit a bar or two without causing problems for any others.Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass .torvund. As the note H does not exist in English. Now we will play it as a 16-bar blues.01. we simply repeat the second line. the reason why English speaking people cannot understand the story about Johann Sebastian Bach writing (or improvising .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues. the theme would be Bb-A-C-B. by the way. In Norway. 16 (to types) and 24 bar forms. the note that is B in English is named H. and many songs will not fit into any of these formats.Rocking Baby Lesson 14: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .2005 04:03:03 .

asp (2 of 3)07.01.torvund.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:03 .16-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.

Blues Guitar . When you play E and E7 in these positions.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. we get E and E7.Rocking Baby Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . but the chord usually does not sound good with the 7th in the bass. It is a note that belongs to the E7. E E7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.8bar blues in A . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues. If we move the standard D and D7 chord up two frets. The 4th string is a D. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass .16-bar blues There are many new challenges in this arrangement.net I appreciate comments http://www. The 5th string is A.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. you cannot play the 4th and 5th string.Power Chords Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.2005 04:03:03 . and it will crash very hard with the G# in the E and E7 chords.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Alternating bass.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . You should notice that many turnaround licks starts in this E7 position. First we have to take a look at some moveable chords.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. G-Boogie . We will come back to these chords in the lessons xx and The moveable D/D7 shape.

asp (1 of 3)07. and the music moved with him. The example is based on some of his riffs. with the chords E(5) . both in my Chord Progression series (The lessons are overlapping).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions.2005 04:03:06 .Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Muddy Waters or McKinley Morganfield that was his real name.Power Chords Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this lesson we will take a brief look at some Power Chords. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. His playing shows the development from the Delta to the City. And repeat the The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" in the first lessons in this series. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Muddy's Son of a Boogie Retailers: If you like the site. But he moved to Chicago. Listen to Hoochie Coochie Man and Mannish Boy for two examples. and some other application of the same chord progression in the lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World.Blues Guitar .torvund.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . He was discovered by the musicologist Alan Lomax in 1941 and became one of the giants of the blues.A5-G5-E(5). give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. You can find a little bit more in my Power Chord lesson. if you do not remember it. grew up in the Mississippi Delta.

Published by Mel Bay Publications. Size 5. Rock.. and listen to the difference made by the third. Book. chord book.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions. 16 pages. and have some kind of an open. as they have only two notes. ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords. you have to damp out the 5th string.01. the root and the fifth.. Strictly speaking.5x8. It is indicated with an X in the diagram. Listen to E5. go to: http://www. meaning that you rest one finger on the string to prevent it from ringing.Blues Guitar . Level: Beginning.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen.torvund. Inc. You do this by left hand damping. unsettled sound. E and Em.Power Chords Download Finale File The 5-chords are often called power chords.asp (2 of 3)07. When playing G5 as shown in the diagram. For Guitar (Electric).2005 04:03:06 . Gig Savers. they are not proper chords. It means that they are neither major nor minor. See more info. Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords .

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:03:06 .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www. Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Power Chords q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions.asp (3 of 3)07.

Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions.Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .asp (1 of 2)07.2005 04:03:08 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.torvund.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar .Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .

As usual. 16 pages. See more info. Size 5.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Book.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Level: Beginning.Blues Guitar . or the Bb5-pos with 1st finger on 5th string 2nd fret.asp (2 of 2)07.. If you play the F5-pos in 5th fret. For Guitar (Electric).Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .net I appreciate comments http://www. F5-pos Bb5-pos Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords . chord book. Inc. Gig Savers. Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords.2005 04:03:08 .Power Chords Download Finale File PDF-File You can hear the same chords in Green Onion. you get the A5 chord..torvund.5x8.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . played by Booker T and the MGs. with Steve Cropper on guitar.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. the B-chord gives us some difficulties. You have to use moveable positions. Rock.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . and you can choose either the F5-pos played with your 1st finger on 6th string.01. 7th fret.

chord book.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions.01. Performed by The Kinks.asp (1 of 2)07. but I will nevertheless include it.. Inc.introduction You Nearly Got Me This is not blues. ToC No HL695553 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK http://www.2005 04:03:11 . Published by Mel Bay Publications.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Blues Guitar . For Guitar (Electric)..torvund. which is one of the classic power-chord tunes. Rock.5x8. By Dave Rubin. It is based on The Kinks You Really Got Me. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Download Finale File Fog on the Water The last example is based on the song that drives every music store employee mad:Deep Purple's Smoke On The Water. ToC No MB20026 Review: The Kinks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Styles and Techniques of Dave and Ray Davies. Level: Beginning. Gig Savers. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Size 5. 16 pages. With notes and tablature. If you like the site.. 64 pages. Size 9x12 inches. Book. Book and CD package. See more info. Published by Hal Leonard. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords . I have made up a bass-theme derived from the smoky original.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. See more info.Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A .

Size 9x12 inches.asp (2 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords. See more info.torvund.introduction Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar . Performed by Deep Purple.net I appreciate comments http://www.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Book and CD package. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). Published by Hal Leonard.Power Chords Deep Purple .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions ..01.Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A .. ToC No HL695625 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK For more on Powerchords.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:03:11 . By Troy Stetina. With notes and tablature.Greatest Hits A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Style and Techniques of Ritchie Blackmore.

01.Blues in A . is: Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in A If you like the site.2005 04:03:14 .Blues Guitar . New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro. IV=D(7) and V7 is E7.introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .Lesson 14: Blues in A .introduction Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill We will leave the key of E for a while. In A the three basic chords are: I=A (A7). One advantage of the key is that you have the root of all basic chords on open strings. with turnaround chord.torvund.asp (1 of 3)07. But first we must make sure that we know the chords and the basic chord progressions. but we will return to the key later. In A we will not run into the same kind of trouble as we did in E each time we were coming to the B7 chord. give me your vote: From this you do of course understand that the blues progression 2 will be like this: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. We will start looking at blues scales in this key. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in A The 12-bar blues progression 1 in A. The key of A is another favorite key for blues guitar players. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar A is also a good key for soloing.

I guess that you know it.introduction There is only one new chord.torvund.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. but I include it just to be sure. For more information. Use them to get the sound of the cords. as we are following the circle of fifths from key to key. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. This new chord is D7. You find some examples here. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.Blues in A . and as backing tracks. D7 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track . Download all files as a zip-file. For more information. But we will come back to other voicings in a blues context in future lessons. Download all files as a zip-file. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .01.asp (2 of 3)07. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro. but good for practise.Blues Guitar . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. They are long 10-15 minutes. For more information. which makes them boring as listening track. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues http://www. For more information. There are many ways to finger the D7 chord. 90 and 120).2005 04:03:14 .

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .introduction q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .asp (3 of 3)07.Blues in A .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:14 .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .

In fact the most well known tune after Blue Suede Shoes that is often credited Carl Perkins.01.2005 04:03:16 . Blind Lemon Jefferson recorded the tune many years before Carl Perkins was born.Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 14: Blues in A . New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. is a tune originally by Blind Lemon Jefferson. among other things. wrote Blue Suede Shoes).introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This arrangement reminds me of Carl Perkins (who.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill. Carl Perkinsis not a blues guitarist. and you will hear some of it.introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Listen to his version of Matchbox.Blues in A . But Roackabilly is very much blues based.

Level: Intermediate.torvund.75. Size 8.asp (2 of 3)07. 40 pages.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Rhythm Playing http://www.Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. so you should experiment.2005 04:03:16 . Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. The character will change with different tempos.75x11.introduction Moderate tempo Faster PDF-File I have recorded the tune at a modreate tempo and at a faster tempo. 1950s.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill. Book/CD package.Blues in A . Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Amazon UK 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . Grossman Audio. (SG98512BCD) See more info.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . Rockabilly Guitar by Fred Sokolow.. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01..

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.Blues Guitar .introduction q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:03:16 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 14: Blues in A .Blues in A .net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

2005 04:03:19 . now in the key of A.01. the 4th string is D (IV) and the 6th string is E (V). Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Monotone Bass in A Retailers: If you like the site. This time we will work with the Blues progression 2.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A.torvund. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The 5th string is A (I). I assume that your thumb has got some independence. we go another round with only the bass notes. We will not run into the same kind of problems as we did in E each time we had to play the B7-chord.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar As said in the previous lesson. one advantage of the key of A is that we have the root of each chord on open strings. But just to be sure.

asp (2 of 2)07. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. G-Boogie .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .net I appreciate comments http://www.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A. Alternating bass.2005 04:03:19 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.

Note that I have included an intro.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . The actual turnaround in the arrangement is one that is very typical of Robert Johnson.asp (1 of 2)07. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. which should give you some challenges.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. which is nothing but a turnaround phrase played as an intro.2005 04:03:21 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.torvund. But we move on to an arrangement called Betty Blues.Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This should not be to difficult.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A.

Blues Guitar .torvund.2005 04:03:21 .asp (2 of 2)07. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A.net I appreciate comments http://www.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.01.8bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Alternating bass.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. is that many positions are moveable.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . licks etc in one key. then you can (often) move them into other keys. you are in the key of A.Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord One of the nice features of the guitar.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Instrumental in A The next tune is an instrumental in A put together from some standard licks. If you move the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick up 5 frets.2005 04:03:24 .torvund. Once you have learned positions. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 3)07.

See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Alternating bass.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord http://www.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.2005 04:03:24 . G-Boogie .Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.

net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.asp (3 of 3)07.01.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:03:24 .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. The key is to slide a partial barré over 2nd.2005 04:03:29 . Then you see that you can alter easily between A and A7.01.The "Long A" chord Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . 3rd fret to get A7. Retailers: A A7 In the arrangement of Going Down Slow. 5th fret to get A and The 2nd finger on 1st string. If you like the site. You fret strings 2.Blues Guitar . and you have a few nice licks right under your fingers.torvund. Then you can put you 4th finger on 1st string. I have thrown in many challenges. The intro is a turnaround lick based on the Long A. 3 and 4 (and actually 1st string too) with your index finger.asp (1 of 4)07. (as was in fact the turnaround in the previous lesson's Betty Blues as well). Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The chord shape called the "long A" is very useful.Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A. 3rd and 4th string from 1st to 2nd fret.

http://www.01.Blues Guitar .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.The "Long A" chord Download Finale File PDF-File The first bar of the 12-bar blues is built around the long A. fingered as a moveable C7-shape. Again it is a Blues progression 2.asp (2 of 4)07.2005 04:03:29 . but in bar 2 we go to a D9 chord.

go to xxxx). You have the E at the 6th string as well. The trick is to fret the 1st string 5th fret first with your 1st finger. Now the open E-strings (1st and 6th) are the root. It gives an E. The last one is not easy to label. but I will call it Bm7. then with your 3rd and finally with your 4th finger.asp (3 of 4)07. as the name indicates. The first is A. You do actually get a series of chords here too. We do however play the open 1st string in this bar. We start with an E7. which gave us a D9. As shown in the diagram. That is why it is called the C7-shape When payed in this position. A (where the open E-string will be the 5th of the chord). You can continue up the neck to F. and you see how it smoothly changes to A7. you get a D7. which is the 3rd of the C chord. the next is a partial F7 (or Adim). When I say usually it means that we can use some open strings in some positions. which we of course can play with the chord. G. we play no open strings. which you should finger with 1st and 2nd finger. F#/Gb . The lick in bar 7 is really tricky. You can read more about the challenges of naming the m7 chords in the lesson on the I-ii http://www. even if it belongs to the chord. The turnaround is basically the same as the fill-in in bar 3. you can use the open 1st string. and then we move down two frets to D7. and move them down until you come to the "long A" again. G#/Ab. It will usually have no open strings. In D7.torvund.The "Long A" chord A moveable chord can.2005 04:03:29 . Then comes a fill in lick. You actually play an descending blues scale in the Long A position. and you have the E7. (For an explanation of the 9th chord. it is a C7 chord. be moved up and down the neck. Just keep the A-chord in the beginning. If you move it up two frets. but it does not sound very good. but I think of it more as a lick than a series of chords. etc. but here you have to be careful with your fingering to play it smooth.Blues Guitar . In bar 9 and 10 we use the Moveable C7-shape again. fingered with 1st finger at 1st fret. Go up two more steps.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.01.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.asp (4 of 4)07.01.The "Long A" chord progression A Notice that it is the sonic shapePartial F F7 (or Adim) Notice that it is the sonic shape D7 Bm7 This is the sonic shape Middle D Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Alternating bass.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.2005 04:03:29 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.8bar blues in A .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. G-Boogie .Blues Guitar .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net I appreciate comments http://www. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.

If you play the A7fragment on 3rd and 4t string.01.Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .torvund. Look at it as part of an A chord and part of a D-chord. It is a minor third between the notes. just play the D7 If you like the site. The main lick is a shuffle on 2nd and 3rd string.2005 04:03:34 . Note that you do not move the 3rd and 4th finger through the changes. In bar 10 there is a sequence of chords instead of just the D7 chord. no matter what you choose as root.asp (1 of 3)07. And you will se from the tab that you slide the lick down at the end of each bar. give me your vote: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. you get the main positions for The Beatles' Doctor Robert Over the D-chord. you just move the whole lick up 5 frets. It is some kind of a "pre-turnaround". D#dim7 or Adim7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A D A7 D7 Retailers: Adim7 D7 F7 Instrumental break to Betty Blues Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. D7. Just for confusion: The dim7 is a symmetric chord. It is a very useful lick.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo. and you will often hear it in rockabilly music.Blues Guitar . If you find it too difficult. and then the D at the same string.a simplified blues scale The next arrangement is Betty Blues. The chords are Adim7.A shuffle solo Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . So the same chord can be labeled Cdim7. F7 and then Adim7 one more time. or as part of D7 and A(7).

asp (2 of 3)07.torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.01.2005 04:03:34 .A shuffle solo http://www.

8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.asp (3 of 3)07.a simplified blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Alternating bass.8bar blues in A .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.2005 04:03:34 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .torvund.A shuffle solo Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Blues Guitar . G-Boogie .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a. These scale box positions are all moveable. I am presenting a few boxes in reverse order. And it consists of only 5 tones. give me your vote: Don't get too confused by the fact that I am labeling the next box as box position 5.01. 3rd finger on 7th fret and 4th finger on 8th fret. you can play in any key just by moving the whole box up or down the neck. but to the note of the scale counted up from the root. 5=fifth and 7b=minor seventh. I add an "O" to indicate that we now have open strings (and it is really not a box. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now the number in the diagram no longer refers to fingers. and there are 5 boxes in total. The third box I will present in this box is box position 4O.torvund.at least no standard I am aware of. So do not get too confused if you see the same boxes with other numbers.asp (1 of 3)07. 2nd on 6th (no notes on sixth fret here.2005 04:03:36 . which makes it a minor scale. There is no common standard for numbering these boxes . but they will come). try to keep your hand movement at a minimum.often known as box position spans over 4 frets. An open string position is not moveable. When playing scales. When you have learned this scale in A. that is why it is called penta-tonic (penta=five) Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.a simplified blues scale Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . and play the box from 2nd to fifth fret. It has a 3b.Blues Guitar . you need to know the minor pentatonic scale. 3b=minor 3rd. but I keep the label). Retailers: A-pentatonic Box position 1 If you like the site. Use one finger for each fret: 1st finger on 5th fret. You do of course understand that numbers behind the nut (over the box) indicates note on open strings. The scale position .Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 5 Box 4O http://www. I call this box position box position 1.the blues scale If you want to play a solo. 4=fourth.The minor pentatonic scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . We move down. 1=root.

and it will forgive every mistake you make. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . and the second is Blues Progression 2. You do not have to start with hearing the box 5 MIDI first each time. that in the Finale files. and as backing tracks. but good for practise. For more information. You need to practice these scales.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. For more information. Download all files as a zip-file.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .asp (2 of 3)07. It is more fun to have living musicians to play with . which makes them boring as listening track. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . For more information.2005 04:03:36 .torvund. you can set the number of the bar you want to start from. Now it is time to tell. Use them to get the sound of the cords.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1. I have included two Band-InA-Box files (have you downloaded the Free Player?).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Both are 8 choruses of slow 12 bar blues in A. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. go to the Finale versions.Blues Guitar .12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . They are long 10-15 minutes. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65.The minor pentatonic scale If you want the scale written out in tabulature.01. in case you have not discovered it already.the blues scale http://www. Download all files as a zip-file. I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track . 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . 90 and 120). the first is Blues Progression 1.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. But the Finale files are more patient. For more information. and practising scales on your own is boring. and/or be able to hear it as a MIDI file.

net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.The minor pentatonic scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a.2005 04:03:36 .asp (3 of 3)07.

the 5bare marked as blue circles.the blues scale Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Sometimes you will do it with a bend. costing from $ 1 to $ 2.Blues Guitar . In the previous lesson. Full Bloom 1and Full Bloom 2. or 5bnote. The first note is the flatted fifth.Blue notes . we looked at the minor pentatonic scale.a simplified blues scale One feature that makes blues interesting.asp (1 of 2)07. In the diagram. despite it's simple form.blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale. you will find three of Andy Ellis'lessons from Guitar Player Magazineon TruefireThese are downloadable PDF and MP3 files. is the unsettled tonality. but it is usually played over major chords. If you want to look a little closer on his playing style. Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .box 1 blues -box 5 Michael Bloomfieldused a lot of flatted fifths (and chromatic notes) in his playing. Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale A- A- A- blues .2005 04:03:40 .01.torvund.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . It is a minor scale.Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . sometimes as hammer-onand sometimes as normal fretted notes.40: Chromatic Bloomfield.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .a simplified blues scale Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale http://www. We can add a few notes to the pentatonic minor. and it gets more character. The 3band 7bnotes might be raised to a 3or 7.box 4O blues . You can also bend or hammer-on the 4thand by this raising it so a 5b. Add it to the scale. to make it a proper blues scale.

01.torvund.Blue notes .net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale.blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (2 of 2)07.2005 04:03:40 .

Now we will only look at the relation between Long A and A minor pentatonic scale and A-blues scale. The change from Long A to A7 is just the beginning of this scale lick.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .01. with indication of which fingers to use. Retailers: Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . but it is not as difficult as it may look. give me your vote: q q q Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .Blues Guitar . we had a difficult descending run in bar 7.the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp07. We will look more into relations between scales and chords later. and play some scale licks.The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:43 . keep the 5th string open (unless you are playing a lick on it). Just keep the partial barré with your first finger.torvund.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q If you like the site. The numbering starts to get confusing. If you go back to the arrangement of Going Down Slow from lesson 16.the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/20-Long_A_and_blues_scale.Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have already done what I am going to explain in this lesson.net I appreciate comments http://www. This is the A minor pentatonic box 5 played from a Long A chord. The numbers in red an blue circles indicates the scale degree of the note. The black circles with numbers indicates the fingering of the Long A. both in Box 5 position.

where it includes open strings. and then some bends and some other notes. This is the blues scale in E. maybe. but now we move it all the way down the neck. and it should come as no surprise that these are Box 2and Box 3. box 2 Blues scale.01. Box 1 E blues scale. in addition to the notes we used in the Ablues scale. or on the open 2nd string. The blues will not rest on a 6th note.asp (1 of 2)07.Blues Guitar . box 3 Blues scale. Minor pentatonic.. We start with Box 1. You will often hear 6th notes played..Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions As we have said.torvund. You will also notice that I have included an alternative fingering of one of the 5ths.Blues scale in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar . And the answer is something like no. but mainly as passing notes. You can either play it on 3rd string.. I will first present the minor pentatonic. I have made two boxes: One with just the E pentatonic minor.. Box 1 I will present two other box-positions in E. ehr.2005 04:03:45 .. And you may notice that I have added the 6th. box 2 Minor pentatonic. it depends . E minor pentatonic. and ask if they do not belong to the scale.. and then try to include the flat 5. the blues scales are moveable. well. and then the same box with all the added notes. box 3 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before http://www..I thought you would recognize that some of the shuffle noteswhere missing. and one where I have added all the other notes. Learn to play the minor pentatonic first.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E. 4th fret.

go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1. Download all files as a zip-file. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .2005 04:03:45 .Blues scale in E Backing Track . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. For more information. but good for practise.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord.01. For more information. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. Download all files as a zip-file.asp (2 of 2)07.net I appreciate comments http://www. For more information. and as backing tracks. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .Blues Guitar . Use them to get the sound of the cords. which makes them boring as listening track.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. 90 and 120). go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. They are long 10-15 minutes.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. For more information.torvund.

Maybe it helps. while the border is orange. maybe it only adds to the confusion . I have isolated each box-position besides the 15 frets diagram.Blues Guitar . I have tried to mark that by making the interior blue and green. give me your vote: Box 2 Box 3 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 4 Box 5 Box 1 Then we apply the same boxes to the key of A http://www. I have presented all the boxes in the keys E and A. The boxes are overlapping. To make it a little bit easier..Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Now it is time to see how these boxes goes together.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . There is actually one dot that is being used in three different positions..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions. I hope you see that dots with two colors belong to more than one box..01.torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first set of diagrams is for the key of E Retailers: Box 1 Open If you like the site.2005 04:03:53 .asp (1 of 4)07. and it is not too easy to identify each box. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. I have tried to color-code the boxes.

.Blues Guitar . But when you are there. When you have learned these five box positions.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Box 4 Open Box 5 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 I have not put in any of the blue notes. Amazon UK For Guitar (All). Inc. See more info.2005 04:03:53 . By Robert Calva. you can go skiing for hours at a nice and comfortable pace.asp (2 of 4)07. 48 pages.. Blues/Rock Soloing for Guitar A Guide to the Essential Scales. Book & CD Package.75x11. improvisation. Size 9x12 inches. the world opens up. 48 pages. You have to go up hill for some time to get to the mountain plateau. but when it is done. Musicians Institute Press (Instruction taken from the curriculum of MI). It might take some effort to get there. Practise these boxes until you can play them on "auto pilot" while having a conversation.. ToC No MB20416BCD Review: http://www.. review lesson 19 and lesson 21. Book/CD Set. Private Lessons Series. But you should by now be able to put them into the boxes. See more info. then you can play the minor pentatonic and the blues scale in all 12 keys. ToC No MI695680 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Jazz Pentatonics SheetmusicPlus Advanced Improvising Concepts for Guitar. Licks and Soloing Techniques. For a Norwegian.75. Taught by Bruce Saunders. Jazz. If not. Level: Intermediate-Advanced. it is tempting to use cross country skiing as a metaphor for the learning curve. With notes and tablature.01. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Size 8.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.torvund.

75. It covers MusicRoom pentatonic scales. Scales. With notes and tablature.. and Steve Vai. Published by Hal Leonard. Stevie Ray Vaughan.rock.torvund. Frank Zappa.. 48 pages. Size 5. Size 9x12 inches.. Book/CD package. Book MusicRoom and CD package. Gig Savers. Level: Beginning. Scales. latin. Includes a CD of music examples. Size 9x12 inches. ToC No CP285 Review: Order from: Rock scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus With Tablature. Guitar Educational.2005 04:03:53 . ToC No HL699164 Order from: The Ultimate Rock Guitar Scale Finder SheetmusicPlus This companion volume to The Ultimate Rock Guitar Chord Finder helps players figure out the Scales if they know the chords. ToC No HL695013 Order from: Minor Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition. For electric guitar.asp (3 of 4)07. 48 pages. In this new book. Hal Leonard Guitar Method. 32 pages. Nuno Bettencourt. Level: Beginning.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.Killer Pentatonics for Guitar SheetmusicPlus Book and CD package. Published by Mel Bay Pub. Technique.. See more info. Rock.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions .Blues Guitar . ToC No HL695699 Order from: Gig Savers: Rock Scales . (WB0667B) See more info. Guitar.. See more info. Size 8.Pentatonic Khancepts Scales. country.5x12 inches.5x12 inches.. 16 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info.. rock & blues... Scales. Size 9x12 inches. Steve shares his unique approach to improvising for guitarists of all genres . See more info. With notes and tablature. ToC No MB96538BCD Order from: Dave Celentano . featuring those popularized by Jimi Hendrix. jazz and alternative. This book is the natural continuation and completion of the process Steve began in his book Contemporary Chord Khancepts. See more info.75x11. See more info. Size 4. Scales. ToC No MB20025 Review: Order from: Major Pentatonic Scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition. By John Stix and Yoichi Arakawa. blue scales. funk.. See more info.. By Chad Johnson. Inc. Rock. Published by Mel Bay Publications. and all types of rock scales. Pocket Guide. Also included are tables showing where to find the right scales in any key. ToC No HL695014 Order from: Rock Lead Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Mike Christiansen. Published by Warner Brothers. all of the modes. technique..A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. Published by Hal Leonard. Size 9x12 inches. Pocket Guide. Published by Hal Leonard. Size 4.01. For Guitar (Electric).. Scales.. Inc. ToC No WB0667B Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus The Essential Guide.. 48 pages. Book. 24 pages. plus numerous play-along tracks for you to use as you practice and hone your impovisational skills. 40 pages. 16 pages.. Published by Centerstream Publications.5x8... ToC No HL697235 http://www. Scales. See more info.. Value Line. Published by Hal Leonard.

ToC No WBPMP00003 Review: Pentatonics And Power Chords By A.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.Practical Pentatonics (Guitar) SheetmusicPlus Practical Pentatonics is an excellent introduction to the pentatonic Amazon UK scales. See more info. 160 pages..net I appreciate comments http://www. arpeggios. See more info.5 x 12.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Further references Ls:G1 2004-05. By Matt Scharfglass. Published by Amsco.2005 04:03:53 .. 52 pages. Mr.01. 4. Ls:GT 2002-08 Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. 44 pages. ToC No AM948805 Review: Order from: Improvising 1 Rock Scale SoloingModern Record Included SheetmusicPlus Fretted instrument method/supplement (Guitar). See more info. After introducing us to the pentatonics.torvund. Published by Carl Fischer. 4. guitar. Published by Warner Brothers. string skipping and more.. ToC Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus Amazon UK No CFHPB8 Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Guitar Method. He additionally presents some nice little riffs along with each position.. Buk diagrams the minor and major pentatonic scales in standard notation and tabulature up and down the fretboard.. combining patterns and scales.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Order from: Askold Buk .5 x 12. Kadmon.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . ToC No AM931326 Review: Order from: The Gig Bag Book Of Practical Pentatonics For All Guitarists SheetmusicPlus Scales.. he introduces some useful techniques such as string bending.Blues Guitar .asp (4 of 4)07. softcover.. See more info.. Published by Amsco.

You can go to 1st string 5th fret with your 4th finger. From there you can get to the D-chord by fretting the 2nd string 3rd fret with you 4th finger. You can go to 4th string.The moveable D / D7 shape Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:57 . and then finger 2nd string 3rd fret with 2nd finger. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We start from the last fingering in the row above. Retailers: The next fingering starts from a position where you make a partial barré on 2nd fret over 1st. The chord shape at the far right is actually a C-shape played over a partial barré in 2nd fret. you will see that you can make a rather smooth change from D to G and vice versa with this fingering. but it is nice to know. If you make a side-step to my Fingering of the G-chord lesson. http://www. With this chord.torvund. 2nd and 3rd string. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. You can do this while keeping the 4th finger on 1st string 5th fret.01. move it up some frets if you feel that your fingers are too short. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We will start with the D7-fingering that was presented in Lesson 14. 4th fret with your 3rd finger.Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues The D chord is often the first chord people learn to play.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. If you like the site.Blues Guitar . this might be a good fingering. But this simple chord shape is very useful. It is a bit hard to finger. It is also easy to move the 1st and 2nd finger across for a simple fingering of the A7 chord. Use the same trick as I recommended for the shuffle. 2nd and 3rd finger is better. This position leaves you with your 3rd and 4th fingers free. If you are changing between D and D7. or you can play 2nd fret as part of the barré. As it is a closed position. you should see that the C-shape and the D-shape are closely related. you can move it around.asp (1 of 3)07. But usually a fingering with 1st.

so it is really a fraction of this chord. But if you move it up two frets. Before You Accuse me and other songs If you want to look more into Eric Clapton'sBefore You Accuse Me and other unplugged blues. You should notice that it is all within the last chord in the previous row. This is a closed voicing on inner strings. From the discussion on fingering of the D-chord. Click here for a 12 bar blues in E based on moveable D-shape and Long A in Finale format [not there yet]. It is written as a fingerpicking arrangement with monotone bass. But in this lesson. Closed voicing mean that you do not play any open strings. it is the chords and not the fingerpicking that is important. Add another five frets (starting at 9th fret). Listen to Eric Clapton's unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me for an example where this chord-shape is used in a 12-bar blues in E. It is of course movable. and their pros and cons.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape.asp (2 of 3)07. You can also notice that it is the chord that we played as part of the harmonized shuffle from the Achord.2005 04:03:57 . take a will recommend: http://www. This will give us the E or E7 chord.01. As an E-chord. Here it is written in D. and you will find an arrangemet based on this chord shape.The moveable D / D7 shape There is one more fingering I will present. It gives you the first inversion of the D-chord.Blues Guitar . The only move we will do in this lesson. you should be able to see the various possibilities. you can of course use the open E-string. and you are in A. Go back to to Lesson 13: 16-bar blues. But the A and D string will not work with this chord (unless you expand it with some of the fingerings shown for the D-chord) I do not indicate any fingering this time. is up two frets. before we start to move around.torvund. you are in E. Be careful with open strings when you start to move the chord around. Chord shuffle lick This is a shuffle lick based on the D-shape.

For guitar. guitar chord diagrams.. 72 pages. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Performed by Eric Clapton. written by Wolf Marshall. lyrics. vocal melody. Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.. guitar tablature. vocal melody. chord names. Blues rock and adult contemporary.The moveable D / D7 shape Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend.net I appreciate comments http://www. For guitar and voice. With standard guitar notation. 9x12 inches. Published by Hal Leonard. With standard guitar notation. See more info. chord names.torvund. Published by Hal Leonard. 9x12 inches.. Acoustic Rock. guitar notation legend. Format: guitar tablature songbook. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock.2005 04:03:57 . Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions.Blues Guitar . Performed by Eric Clapton. Includes instructional book and examples CD. instructional text and performance notes.asp (3 of 3)07. Transcribed by Jesse Gress.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. Bestseller! introductory text.01. Series: Hal Leonard . guitar tablature. lyrics. 112 pages. (HL694869) See more info..

Other songs are Crow Jane and Sliding Delta. The progression has two lines. Backing Track B8 These are MIDI backing tracks of 8-bar Blues. give me your vote: 8-bar Blues in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Download all files as a zip-file. 90 and 120). The most well known song with this progression is probably Big Bill Broonzy's Key To The Highway.01. For more information. with the following chord structure: I I New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. Use them to get the sound of the cords.Blues Guitar . but good for practise. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Retailers: If you like the site.8-bar blues Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A The 8-bar blues is another standard progression. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter V7 V7 IV I IV V7 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar 8-bar blues in E In E this will be: E E B7 B7 A(7) E A(7) B7 Note the use of Moveable D/D7 shape and Long A in the following arrangement of an 8-bar blues in E.2005 04:03:59 . They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. which makes them boring as listening track.8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.asp (1 of 3)07. They are long 10-15 minutes. and as backing tracks.

They are taken from books that they publish.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues.based on Skip James' recording of the theme. 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .asp (2 of 3)07.01.8bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www. The lessons are complete. and they do of course hope that you will like the lessons. want some more and buy the books.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File More on 8-bar blues in E The magazine Acoustic Guitar has put some lessons on the net.torvund. sound files etc. written bySteve James.8-bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C. with tab. Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:59 . Among the lessons are one on Crow Jane.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.

8-bar blues q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .01.2005 04:03:59 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. G-Boogie . Alternating bass.Blues Guitar .

including Lightnin' Hopkins. The song is recorded by many artists. but is different from "Key to the Highway".jazzy 7th chords Open Chords Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons.Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise .2005 04:04:02 .8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. was done by Jack Dupree. but the arrangement that has been most popular is .Lesson 3 Reading Music . Davey Graham. Bert Jansch and Stefan Grossman.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues.01. Dave van Ronk. q Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music .based on the playing of Snooks Eaglin. The first recording I know. at least in Europe. Retailers: If you like the site. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The next tune was very popular in the 60's. It is a variation of an 8bar form in A.torvund.to my knowledge . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Pony Blues New Lessons q q q q q Come Back Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar q q New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

torvund. You can play the F-chord either with a barré over all 6 strings in 1st fret. Lightnin' Hopkins lick in A. You can read more about this substitution in my Chord Progressions series. but it works well here.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 3)07. http://www. the "moveable D7" is played as an A7 chord on 8th and 9th fret.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File In the introduction. At the end of the first bar of the verse. or by using the thumb around the neck. we once again meet the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick. and continue with the "long A". The tune is a bit "minorish". It does not really belong to the key. It is not too easy.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues. but it sounds nice. Note that an F-chord has sneaked into the arrangement.2005 04:04:02 . You also get at chance to practise the long A combined with a blues scale. but now in A. and in this context the F-chord function as some kind of an Dm substitution. From here you slide your fourth finger down from 9th to 5th fret.01.

Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8. G-Boogie .01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Bert Jansch It might be politically incorrect to list a white Scottish guitar player among my favorite.8-bar blues My favorite recordings of "Come Back Baby".8bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C..Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.torvund. 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .asp (3 of 3)07. The lead guitarist of Led Zeppelin. It is now reissued coupled with the album Jack Orion on one CD called Jack Orion/Nicola.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.unfortunately.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues. Alternating bass. But I really like his playing.. I have heard several other records by Snooks Eaglin.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Jimmi Page (or maybe it was Pete Townshend of The Who or may be it FromAmazon UK was Neil Young . Bert Jansch' is a fantastic guitarist and one of the most innovative and influential acoustic players. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Further references Pony Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.) has called him The Jimi Hendrix of acoustic guitar. Bert Jansch recordedCome Back Baby on the albumNicola. Snooks Eaglin's album New Orleans Street Singer is a fantastic FromAmazon UK From Amazon US record from 1958.net I appreciate comments http://www.8bar blues in A . but none of them comes close to this one. Snooks Eaglin I think of this as "the original".Blues Guitar . It does not seem to be available in US .2005 04:04:02 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.

Hey". Tommy Johnson's "Bye Bye Blues". Pony Blues Theme New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The pony that is probably best know today is Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey.8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Pony Blues is one of the themes you can hear in many variations.asp (1 of 3)07.01. and not to forget Willie Brown's "M&O Blues". made popular recently by Eric Clapton's recording of the song on his Unplugged album.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues.2005 04:04:05 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Pony Blues Lesson 24 C. Some classic versions are Charley Patton's "Pony Blues" and "Stone Poney Blues".torvund.

9x12 inches. chord names. guitar chord diagrams. techniques. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Published by Hal Leonard.. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson.01. For guitar. The song is transcribed and analyzed in Woody Mann's book/CD set on Big Bill Broonzy's. Includes instructional book and examples CD. and in my opinion the best. introductory text. Stove Pipe Stomp. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. SG98508BCD See more info. Performed by Eric Clapton.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues. See more info.. With standard guitar notation. like Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey. Moppin' Blues. guitar tablature.asp (2 of 3)07. is to turn to the original.. Written in standard notation and tablature. Hey. Acoustic Rock. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom http://www.2005 04:04:05 . 72 pages. there are at least two sources.torvund.Pony Blues Download Finale File PDF-File If you.. Bestseller! instructional text and performance notes. Blues rock and adult contemporary. guitar notation legend. The first. as me. Hey". Brownskin Shuffle. Woody Mann explores the ideas. vocal melody. Series: Hal Leonard . The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote. Worryin' You Off My Mind. written by Wolf Marshall. Includes 3 CD's. lyrics. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks.Blues Guitar . and Saturday Night Rub. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The other option is of course to get the transcriptions of all the songs on Eric Clapton's Unplugged album. Hey.

vocal melody.Pony Blues Order from: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged SheetmusicPlus Acoustic Rock. Alternating bass.Blues Guitar .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Size 8. Skip James.Classics of Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus Robert Johnson is the best known of the intensely powerful musicians who created these songs in the early part of the Twentieth Century. G-Boogie . For other versions of this and more classic blues..asp (3 of 3)07. With notes and tablature..01. Format: MusicRoom guitar tablature songbook. () Chosen as Book of the Month January 2003 See more info. guitar tablature. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C.8bar blues in A . Published by Hal Leonard.. Book and CD package.net I appreciate comments http://www. The classic tunes she teaches include: Old Country Rock * Statesboro Blues * Big Road Blues * Canned Heat * Walkin' Blues * Cross Road Blues * Frankie and Albert * Future Blues * M&O Blues * Police Dog Blues * Devil Got My Man * Mississippi Blues * Ain't No Way for Me to Get Along.8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. 9x12 inches. Mississippi John Hurt. (HL694869) See more info. lyrics. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. Transcribed by Jesse Gress. but he was by no means the only outstanding player.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. Published by Homespun.5x11 inches.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. I recommend: Order from: Rory Block . SIX CDs * LEVEL 4 * Homespun Tapes (Instructional). ToC No HL841708 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Tommy Johnson. Blind Blake and the Reverend Robert Wilkins. Willie Brown. You’ll also learn the sounds and styles of great artists such as Willie Moore.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . For guitar and voice. Performed by Eric Clapton. With standard guitar notation. 112 pages.torvund.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:04:05 . chord names..

major. among others Stefan Grossman. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. We know next to nothing about this . Many guitarist have recorded this tune. It is the graduation piece for blues fingerpickers.asp (1 of 4)07. It is often played as an instrumental.Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Mississippi Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Mississippi Blues . which was recorded for the Library of Congress by one Willie Brown. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Mississippi Blues . and it shows you some of the possibilities of A. but Willie Brown played the verse as backing to his singing. It is a classic.Blues Guitar . If you can play this.01.verse http://www.2005 04:04:08 .verse The next tune is «Mississippi Blues».torvund. and who recorded classics such as «M & O Blues» and «Future Blues».net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues. «Mississippi Blues» imitates blues piano playing of the 1920s-talls blues piano. Rory Block and Jorma Kaukonen. you can play fingerstyle delta blues guitar. who is not the Willie Brown who played with Charley Patton and Son House.

asp (2 of 4)07.2005 04:04:08 .01.break http://www.torvund.Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.

torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Alternating bass.8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . G-Boogie .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.01.vers + break Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .asp (3 of 4)07. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www.Blues Guitar . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.2005 04:04:08 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues.

net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .Pony Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:04:08 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.01.asp (4 of 4)07.torvund.

meaning that the distance from bottom to top is the same. with a restless sound that call for some kind of harmonic resolution. both the G and the D. If you take the interval B to F in the key of C-major. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The tritone is the half of an octave. This interval is called a diminished fifth. you find the tritone between the 4th and 7th note. From Bb to F there is a perfect fifth. with the notes G-B-D. while the augmented fourth have three whole steps. The tension is resolved when you go from B to C and F to E. and from F to Bb there is a perfect fourth.2005 04:04:12 . it will no longer function as a G7 chord. But if you take away the B and/or the F. and two half-steps (BC and E-F). Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Simple Tritone Blues 1 in A http://www. you should notice that it is a disharmonic interval. But both the tritone and the diminished fifth have six half steps. And now you should note that if you have a G and put a Bdim chord on top of it. Retailers: If you like the site. Try playing just the interval B-F instead of a G7. The Gm7 consists of G-Bb-D-F. I fingerpick. and add the minor 7th (F).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. at least not when they are not played in a musical context. The diminished fifth between B and F creates a tension. but this will not be covered in this lesson.torvund.Part 1 Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone is an interval with three whole-steps.01. Now you should notice that F and B are two of the notes in a G7 chord. give me your vote: The tritone / diminished fifth is an easy interval to finger on the guitar. A Bdim (also notated as B°) have the notes B-D-F. and it does not create the same tension as the G7. with a monotone bass technique. And the G7 has the dissonant tritone/diminished fifth in addition to the minor 7th/major second. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. But they are not as dissonant as the tritone/diminished fifth. There are some clues to chord substitution in this knowledge. but in practice they are (almost) the same. thus dividing the octave in two equal parts. and it still works. You can omit the other notes from the chord. And now one of the lessons to lean: It is the tritone or diminished fifth that gives the 7th chord it's character. you will notice that it consists of two whole steps (C-D and D-E). If you start from a G-major chord.Tritone Blues Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues . One major difference is that there is no tritone in a m7 chord. In a normal major scale. The tritone might also be called an augmented fourth. with the the root note in the bass. You find it in these positions: xxxxx Then we can play a simple 12-bar blues in the key of A. You will also find the diminished fifth in the diminished chord. If you are in C-major. you have G-B-D-F. while the F might be called a leaning note.asp (1 of 4)07. you should notice that the minor7 has a much smoother and more jazzy sound. In theory they are different. and you will have the F to B tritone if you invert the chord. The diminished chord consists of to minor thirds on top of each other. the B is often referred to as the leading note. If you compare a G7 and a Gm7. and the VIIb-III tritone interval of each chord. The minor 7th interval from G to F and the corresponding major second from F to G are two dissonant intervals. and by that going from the diminished fifth to a major third (C to F).Blues Guitar . A perfect fourth consists of two whole-steps and a half step. The ear cannot tell the difference between the two intervals. And there you have the diminished fifth between B and F. you get a G7 chord. which is F and B in the key of C. If you listen to the tritone. and it will still function as a G7.

turnarounds. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz.July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www.C. I will play one round of 12-bar blues with a bass-lick combined with a tritone that goes like this: Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Chicago.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:12 .01. This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord. and other blues styles. This is one of my favorites! See more info. intros. And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord. bebop. swing. and jazzy blues progressions. and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord. and other forms of popular music. accompanying keyboards and more.torvund.Tritone Blues Part 1 PDF-File In the next 12-bar blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. riff. shuffle. slow. I utilize the magic of inverting these chords. rock 'n' roll.asp (2 of 4)07. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G . You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above.. soloing. Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# . minor..C#. Covers: boogie.

As the name says. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . (There are many other chords as well).Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues http://www.Tritone Blues Part 1 ToC Review: No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Level: Beginning. See more info. country. (HL695005) See more info. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. and not the blues as such. and covers Delta. New Orleans. Published by Mel Bay Publications.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. the book focuses on the shuffle. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. Unless jazz is you main interest. 16 pages. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.2005 04:04:12 . By Frank Vignola. by Corey Christiansen. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Book. Level: Intermediate. Vignola Play Along. 92 pages. Inc..01. accompaniment. . Progressions. Chicago. Texas. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Book. As the name says.. It explores shuffle.asp (3 of 4)07. For Guitar (Flatpick). Book/CD package. it will take you through various blues progressions. Size 8. 16 pages.5x8. the book focuses on the shuffle.. and bebop blues.75.. Rhythm/ backup.Blues Guitar .torvund. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. Published by Mel Bay Publications.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Jazz. Size 5. Rhythm/backup. See more info. West Coast. Kansas City... Blues.75x11. Jim Ferguson . I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. Includes tab and notation. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. For Guitar (All).Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. and not the blues as such. Gig Savers. By Jim Ferguson. Inc. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.01. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Alternating bass.Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.asp (4 of 4)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Tritone Blues Part 1 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .net I appreciate comments http://www. G-Boogie .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:04:12 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.torvund.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.2005 04:04:15 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2.01. which make these shapes moveable.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07.torvund.Tritone Blues . Now we do not have open stings in the tritone.Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 1 Tritone Blues Part 3 The next example is the same as the previous. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. with a different fingering.

soloing.. Size 5. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Rhythm/ backup. Published by Mel Bay Publications. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. 16 pages.5x8. Kansas City. 16 pages.01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. country. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book..Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. intros. and not the blues as such. Published by Mel Bay Publications.. bebop.. by Corey Christiansen. accompaniment.. shuffle. Progressions. 92 pages. Covers: boogie. Level: Beginning. Book/CD package. See more info. (There are many other chords as well).Part 2 Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. and jazzy blues progressions. turnarounds. Gig Savers. By Frank Vignola. Includes tab and notation. For Guitar (All). Unless jazz is you main interest.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Level: Intermediate. the book focuses on the shuffle. Jim Ferguson . rock 'n' roll. Inc. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. and not the blues as such. slow. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Chicago. and other blues styles. Jazz. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. West Coast. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. swing.Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2.. Blues. Inc. As the name says. it will take you through various blues progressions. (HL695005) See more info. Book. It explores shuffle. Rhythm/backup. Book. minor. . I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.75x11.. See more info. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month .torvund. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. New Orleans. Size 8.asp (2 of 3)07. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. the book focuses on the shuffle. For Guitar (Flatpick). and bebop blues. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. As the name says. Texas. and other forms of popular music. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks.75. accompanying keyboards and more. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .. By Jim Ferguson. This is one of my favorites! See more info. riff.2005 04:04:15 .Blues Guitar . Chicago. Vignola Play Along. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. and covers Delta. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:15 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues Part 1 Further references Tritone Blues Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Alternating bass.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . G-Boogie .Part 2 Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .

asp (1 of 4)07. Tritone Blues with Inverted Chords New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. I utilize the magic of inverting these chords. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Tritone Blues .Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord.01. This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar . And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.Tritone Blues . The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G . Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# . and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord.Part 3 Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 4 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the next 12-bar blues.torvund.C. You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above.C#.2005 04:04:18 .

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Download Finale File PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (2 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons
q

q

q

q

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord

q

q

q

q

q

q q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A - Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C- 8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

q q q

q q q q

q

A 12 bar blues in G. G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar

Tritone Blues Part 2 Further references

Tritone Blues Part 4

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4
Tritone Blues Part 3 D-major

In this last part of the Tritone Blues lesson, we will combine the chord with a little bass-run. I think of this as typical for Kansas City Blues.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

Kansas City in A

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:04:21

Book/CD package. and other forms of popular music. it will take you through various blues progressions. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with all the technical Bestseller! tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. 92 pages. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book.Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. country. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. By Jim Ferguson. Jim Ferguson . But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. Includes tab and notation. intros. soloing. the book focuses on the shuffle. As the name says.01. rock 'n' roll. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4. and not the blues as such. . Unless jazz is you main interest. the book focuses on the shuffle. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. turnarounds.. Kansas City. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. bebop. Texas.2005 04:04:21 . and other blues styles. riff. slow. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. New Orleans. shuffle.Blues Guitar . and bebop blues. Rhythm/backup. swing. Covers: boogie. (There are many other chords as well). It explores shuffle. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) http://www. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. and covers Delta. The term '12-bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. West Coast.Tritone Blues .. (HL695005) See more info. Chicago. and not the blues as such.torvund.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. As the name says. and jazzy blues progressions. This is one of my favorites! See more info. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.asp (2 of 3)07. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. accompanying keyboards and more.. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . minor.. Chicago.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Inc.diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Level: Beginning.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . 16 pages. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Size 5.Part 4 Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Jazz.5x8.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .. By Frank Vignola. Published by Mel Bay Publications.. Published by Mel Bay Publications. For Guitar (Flatpick).BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar . Gig Savers. Size 8. Level: Intermediate. Book. Inc. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/backup.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Tritone Blues Part 3 Further references D-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Blues... Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . See more info.75. accompaniment. Book.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished triad The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord .asp (3 of 3)07. See more info. Vignola Play Along. 16 pages. by Corey Christiansen.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:04:21 .75x11.01.torvund.Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4. Progressions. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues.

2005 04:04:24 . and three versions of G7.Blues Guitar . and in one of them I have indicated the shift between D and D7. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1. G7 G7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www.torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter D D D Retailers: Du finner flere eksempler på hvordan du kan spille D-akkorden på siden The D-chord If you like the site. The basic chords are D. Below is the most common version of the D chord.asp (1 of 2)07. only D and G7 have not already been used in previous lessons.Part 4 Dropped D tuning See See Rider The next key is D-major. G7 and A7. D7. give me your vote: G7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites This is the 12-bar blues in D. Of these. I have given three fingerings for the D chord.D-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 D-major Tritone Blues .01.

8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Part 4 Videre referanser Dropped D tuning See See Rider GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Alternating bass.D-major q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .torvund.Blues Guitar . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.2005 04:04:24 .asp (2 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1.01.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues .net I appreciate comments http://www.

but it gives a more "dancing" sound. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. It is istill one bass note pr beat. Rev. (He is playing in standard tuning. In standard tuning. Get to the Dropped D-tuning page in the Open and Alternate Tuning section for more on this tuning. and the fifth on the 5th string. When you play in D.Dropped D-Tuning Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Dropped D-Tuning D-major G-major Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You can tune down the low E-string to D.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2. and you will get what is called Dropped D-tuning. Blind Blake and Blind Boy Fuller. you will get access to the low root note on the open 6th string.01. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. compared to the monotone bass. You get the root on the 6th and 4th string. Gary Davis. Important blues artists playing in this style are Mississippi John Hurts. which means that he is playing different in the bass. Alernating bass is the basis of many fingerpicking styles.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:27 . Blind Lemon Jefferson. Two prominent players in this style are Merle Travis and Chet Atkins. this time loosly based on the playing of Mississippi John Hurt.asp (1 of 3)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter See See Rider Retailers: If you like the site.) With this arrangement we will introduce another fingerpicking technique: Alternating bass. you will often get the feeling that the notes stop one whole note above where you want to go. We will return to the tune See See Rider.torvund.

asp (2 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2.Dropped D-Tuning PDF-File http://www.01.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:27 .torvund.

net I appreciate comments http://www.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs. Book of the Month . A and D are studied.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2. Published by Warner Brothers. E.asp (3 of 3)07. 26 arrangements are presented in this collection. Arrangements in the keys of G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. 100 pages..Blues Guitar . ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Dropped D-Tuning Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt Order From: SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements.May 2003 See more info.2005 04:04:27 . G-Boogie .01.torvund. Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar D-major Videre referanser G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund..8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . C.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Alternating bass.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .

It is only G that we have not been using so far. So to be sure. give me your vote: Dropped D tuning See See Rider Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Videre referanser G-Major Blues in G GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. But we have not used C7 except as a basis for movable chords. and now we get to G-major.2005 04:04:30 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_1.net I appreciate comments http://www. G7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter G G C7 G7 Retailers: G og C-akkordene kan gripes på mange måter.torvund. se Fingering the G-chord. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. En 12-takters blues i G-dur går slik: If you like the site. C7 and D7.asp07.Blues Guitar . The three primary chords are G. For G-akkorden har jeg også valgt å diskutere fingersettingen men inngående.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Dropped D tuning See See Rider G-Major Blues in G We continue our little journey through the keys. I include the C7 as well. se egne sider for G-dur og C-dur.

G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-major Boogie in G-major Blues in G It is easy to make a melody line around the G chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. The next tune is basically a blues scale played over a monotone bass.01.Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.2005 04:04:33 .

See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Blues Guitar . Alternating bass.torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.01.G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:04:33 . G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-major Videre referanser Boogie in G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .asp (2 of 3)07.

torvund.01.G-major Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.2005 04:04:33 .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.2005 04:04:36 .01. which means that he actually played in E when he was fingering the "G-chords".torvund. It is actually much easier to play around a G chord compared to the boogie bass and chord in E. I learned it in G.Blues Guitar . Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Boogie Woogie in G-Major This arrangement is a boogie bass line and a G-chord. Leadbelly played «Good Morning Blues» this way. But remember that he played with his guitar tuned down 11/2 tone. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. When I first learned to play this kind of bass and chord.asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-Major Blues in G G-Major Rev.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.torvund.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . Alternating bass. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way http://www.G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01. G-Boogie .asp (2 of 3)07.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-Major Blues in G Videre referanser G-Major Rev.2005 04:04:36 .

net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.Blues Guitar .G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.torvund.2005 04:04:36 .asp (3 of 3)07.

In generic musical terms. B on the 5th string and D on the 4th string.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Boogie in G-major C-major Rev. you get all the chord notes in the bass: G on the 6th string.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.Blues Guitar . Another example of this progression in G-major can be heard in Blind Blake's «That Will Never Happen No More». Gary Davis' «She's Funny That Way». The tune on this page is based on Rev. It has 8 bars. This makes it easy to find some good bass figures. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:04:39 . we can call this progression a I-VI7-II7-V7 progression.asp (1 of 3)07. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way G-major is a key well suited for alternating bass. but does not follow the 8-bar blues form that we have been discussing in previous lesson. You can find a little more on this progression in the A salty dog at Alice’s Restaurant in the Chord Progression series.01. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. In the basic G-chord. Notice the chord progression G-E7-A7-D7.

01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . G-Boogie .asp (2 of 3)07.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Blues Guitar . she's just funny that way She got to the place that she got no woman friends She don't want no woman be shifting around taking her man in She ain't crazy. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Boogie in G-major Videre referanser C-major http://www. Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. she'll begin to have blues She ain't crazy. she's just funny that way A little more G-major Acoustic Guitar has made available a lesson called Your first guitar rag where Dale Miller takes you through an arrangement based on the same chords as She's Funny That Way.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. she's just funny that way One thing 'bout this gal I can't understand I found out she's just a fool 'bout one old man She ain't crazy.G-major PDF-File She's Funny That Way I got a gal that is crazy 'bout me She's just as crazy as any gal can be She ain't crazy. she's just funny that way Now some people say this gal is just tight like that But when she calls her man she always wants him to be right there She ain't crazy. she's just funny that way This gal will work hard for you every day and buy your clothes and shoes Come in and look for you and can't find you. Alternating bass.2005 04:04:39 .torvund.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:04:39 .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .

this arrangement is based on Mance Lipscomb's version of the tune.torvund. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way C-Major Cocaine Blues The last key we will discuss a a key.2005 04:04:45 . C7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter C C Rider Retailers: If you like the site.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major G-Major Rev.) The basic chords are C. F7 and G7. Once again we will take a look at a version of See See Rider. or C C Rider as I prefer to call it just to remind myself that this is the C-major version.01. is C-major.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If my memory is correct.asp (1 of 3)07. because you will find som arrangements in keys that are not dicussed this way. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. (I choose to say it this way.

Blind Boy Fuller and Blind Blake have all recorded many tunes in this key. Mississippi John Hurt.01.2005 04:04:45 . you should start with the playing of Mississippi John Hurt. Rev. Big Bill Broonzy.G-major PDF-File C-major is a popular key among guitar players who play with alternating bass. Blues fingerpicking If you want to learn more about blues fingerpicking with alternate bass.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 3)07. http://www. Gary Davis.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1.torvund.

and 3 CDs teaching each tune phrase by phrase. Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. 6 tunes in notation and tablature. Four choruses are taught demonstrating how this tune can develop.2005 04:04:45 . a discography. Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs.Blues Guitar .May 2003 See more info. Level: Intermediate. Grossman Audio. This four sectioned rag is played in the keys of C and F.. 26 arrangements are presented in this collection. ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Order from: Folk & Blues Fingerstyle Guitar taught by Dave Van Ronk SheetmusicPlus .. Arrangements in the keys of G.. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Videre referanser Order from: SheetmusicPlus C-Major Cocaine Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Blood Red Moon follows played in a dropped D tuning.01. LESSON TWO: Sunday Street is an original Dave Van Ronk song.75. E.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1. (SG99470BCD) See more info.. Book/CD package.net I appreciate comments http://www.. Book of the Month . The book includes a conversation with Dave. Bessie Smith's classic blues You've Been A Good Old Wagon is taught in the key of E. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. 32 pages.G-major Order From: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements. Published by Warner Brothers.torvund. A and D are studied. Size 8. The lesson ends with Blind Lemon Jefferson's One Kind Favor. See more info. LESSON THREE: Dave's arrangement of St. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. C.75x11. LESSON ONE: A blues in 12/8 with Leroy Carr's Midnight Hour Blues. 100 pages. G-Major Rev.. Louis Tickle was the first great challenge for fingerpickers interested in classic ragtime. ToC No SG99469BCD Review: Blues and Ragtime Fingerstyle Guitar Dave Van Ronk presents his arrangements of blues and a classic rag.

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Notice bar 3 and 4 in the break. but does not follow any standard form. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2. You should also notice the 5/4 in bar 4. It is not easy. I have written both the verse and a break.Blues Guitar .G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major C-Major Blues Rag in C Cocaine Blues .asp (1 of 3)07.verse «Cocaine Blues» is a typical Rev. We go fron C to E to F. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. It has an 8-bar structure.2005 04:04:47 .torvund. Gary Davis arrangement in C-major.01. but it sounds good.

asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:04:47 .torvund.vers + break http://www.01.break PDF-File Cocaine Blues .G-major PDF-File Cocaine Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2.Blues Guitar .

Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom C-Major Videre referanser C-Major Blues Rag in C GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev.Blues Guitar . Gary Davis. Published by Grossman. Published by Warner Brothers. ToC No SG99465BCD Review: Rev. Level: Intermediate.75x11. 24 pages. Gary Davis. Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system.torvund. In SheetmusicPlus these three lessons the ideas and techniques of Rev. It comes complete with a recording of Rev. Grossman Audio.2005 04:04:47 . Book and CD.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2. Size 8.75. Charley Jordan. 24 page tab/music book with three compact discs. The arrangements vary from alternating bass to a Delta strum to a monotonic bass. Country Blues Guitar styles span a wide horizon. See more info.. Tommy Johnson and Mississippi John Hurt are presented.asp (3 of 3)07. With standard notation and tablature.G-major Order from: Country Blues Guitar by Stefan Grossman.01..net I appreciate comments http://www. 84 pages. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info.. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio.. Book/CD Set.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3. Other examples are Big Bill Broonzy's «Skoodle Do Do» and Blind Willie McTell's «Georgia Rag». Listen to Blind Blake's «West Coast Blues».2005 04:04:50 . Arlo Guthrie's «Alice's Restaurant» is also based on this progression in C-major. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. but now in C.Blues Guitar .torvund. There are many versions of this theme. http://www. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File This is the same progression as in "Funny That Way".G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Cocaine Blues C-Major Diddie Has Something There Blues Rag in C Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.asp (1 of 2)07. «Wabash Rag» and «Skoodle Loo Doo».

Selections include: House Rent Stomp.. it gives you the best of both worlds. Worryin' You Off My Mind. Brownskin Shuffle. Woody Mann explores the ideas.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3. Includes 3 CD's.2005 04:04:50 . For a guitarist..75. Hey... WBF3432GTXCD See more info. or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings. Moppin' Blues.Blues Guitar . As performed by Blind Blake. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake SheetmusicPlus Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman.G-major Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.01..75x11. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. Stove Pipe Stomp. Level: Intermediate. C-Major Cocaine Blues Videre referanser C-Major Diddie Has Something There GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.. Size 8.asp (2 of 2)07. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Hey. Licks and phrases. This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book.torvund. Book/CD package. phrase-by-phrase instruction. For fingerpick guitar.net I appreciate comments http://www. Grossman Audio. and Saturday Night Rub. Written in standard notation and tablature. techniques. SG98508BCD See more info. Blues. 26 pages. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote.

Part 1 Diddie Has Something There We finish off this section with another well known theme in C-major. The song was so popular that he recorded it 20–30 times with different lyrics. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. «Long Tall Mama» and «Guitar Shuffle».01. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. This arrangement is based on Blind Boy Fuller's «You've got something there». True Fire has a lection on Diddie Wa Diddie available on the net.Blues Guitar . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. You will also recognize the theme in Blind Lemon Jefferson's «Black Horse Blues».2005 04:04:53 .torvund.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Blues Rag in C Minor Blues Lesson 1. Probably the most well known version of the theme is Blind Blake's «Diddie Wa Diddie». which we have looked at in E-major. which has been recorded by Ry Cooder and Leon Redbone. Other versions are Big Bill Broonzy's «Shuffle Rag».asp (1 of 4)07. «Black Horse Blues» is Blind Lemon Jefferson's version of «Pony Blues».

Stove Pipe Stomp. I have picked a book/CD set by Woody Mann. Mississippi John Hurt is not included. SG98508BCD See more info.asp (2 of 4)07. Video. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. I will recommend that you work with some of the following. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy taught by Woody Mann.5. Grossman-Gtr Workshop. Level: Intermediate. Hey. Licks and phrases. If you prefer video. Order DVD Order VHS from: from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Blind Boy Fuller This is another Master of Country Blues book with original recordings and transcriptions. no matter what kind of blues you are playing.2005 04:04:53 . you can get this. where some typical Big Bill Broonzy are covered in detail. Brownskin Shuffle. 90 pages. techniques.01. For fingerpick guitar. Blues. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. Size 4. and Saturday Night Rub.G-major PDF-File Blues-Rag If you want to learn more about blues-rag playing. Worryin' You Off My Mind. But he is a good point of departure.13x7... Includes 3 CD's.Blues Guitar .. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note. Moppin' Blues. Hey. and not as difficult as the others. (SG98200VX) See more info. phrase-by-phrase instruction. http://www. Big Bill Broonzy is an artist to start with.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. Written in standard notation and tablature. Woody Mann explores the ideas.. Selections include: House Rent Stomp.torvund.

Video. Rev.13x7. David Bromberg. Original recordings by Blind Boy Fuller and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. LESSON (CD) ONEhighlights two of Rev. Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Rev. His Walkin' Dog Blues is a tour de force in a blues in C. All fourteen verses are transcribed here. Another Book/CD set with original recordings and transcription .. Blues. Gary Davis taught by Stefan Grossman. (SG99411VX) See more info. Bert Jansch and many others. As performed by Blind Blake. Book/CD package. 89 pages. Gary Davis is propbably the most influential traditional blues guitarists.asp (3 of 4)07. In this lesson we explore the party tune Sally Where'd You Get Your Liquor From (made popular by Hot Tuna). or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings. and we study how this arrangement develops. Single-string runs. Grossman-Gtr Workshop. Rev.. In SheetmusicPlus this book. For a guitarist. These lessons are for the intermediate to advanced fingerstyle guitarist. These arrangements have been performed and recorded by a host of great artists including Bob Dylan. and many of today's most prominent teachers and authors of guitar books have been his students. With standard notation and tablature.75x11. Let Me Follow You Down is played in the key of G. It comes complete with a recording of Rev. Hot Tuna. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. (SG98199VX) See more info. Davis used to joke that he could play Candyman so many different ways that he would be able to play it nonstop for at least 8 hours without repeating himself! We look at two versions of this very popular folk blues with the regular Candyman followed by the Two-Step Candyman. Davis. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.5. 94 pages. Order from: Ragtime Blues Guitar of Rev.. John Renbourn. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.5. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The Guitar of Blind Boy Fuller taught by Ari Eisinger. 26 pages. Blues.. Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman. Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system. Book and CD.. WBF3432GTXCD See more info. Buck Rag is a fascinating rag played in the key of C. He received everyone who would pay 5 dollars for a guitar lesson.75x11. it gives you the best of both worlds. Level: Intermediate. Book and CD.. Licks and phrases.G-major Blind Boy Fuller / CD Masters of Country Blues guitar series.. LESSON (CD) TWO: The key of C was a favorite for Rev. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. 40 pages. GrossmanGtr Workshop. 84 pages. (WBF3270GTXCD) See more info. Video.75. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Grossman Audio. Level: Intermediate. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom If you are ready for Blind Blake.just as a guitar player want. For fingerpick guitar..01.. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio. Davis's blues are presented. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. you are ready for anything – at least when it comes to this style of guitar playing. Davis's most popular blues arrangements.. 92 pages. Baby..75.. LESSON (CD) THREE: Raggin' the blues was a great part of Rev. Taj Mahal. Size 4x7. counterpoint lines.2005 04:04:53 .Blues Guitar . seven of Rev. Hesitation Blues is played in the key of C... This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book. (SG99464BCD) See more info. Again you can also choose a video. Size 8. Size 4. Published by Warner Brothers.. Level: Intermediate. For fingerpick guitar. Davis's repertoire. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info. The accompanying three CD lessons teach these arrangements phrase by phrase as well as presenting the original recordings. Licks and phrases. Size 8. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4.torvund.. rhythmic variations and syncopated bass patterns are featured. Book/3CD package. Gary Davis. Published by Warner Brothers.

torvund. Alternating bass.G-major Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4.asp (4 of 4)07.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar C-Major Blues Rag in C Videre referanser Minor Blues Lesson 1. G-Boogie .2005 04:04:53 .01.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues in A .Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.

Lesson 1.iv .Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .Lesson 1.MinorBlues-3 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord. This time I have also included a turnaround chord (the V7 chord).Lesson 1. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites As a Type 2 progression.V7. If we substitute the v7 with its parallel major V7 chord. A Type 1 progression. then we get a kind of lift in the third line. it will be like this: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm If you like the site. This second group of minor blues progressions has the chords i .torvund. What we do is actually that we choose Harmonic minor instead of Natural minor for the very reason that we have harmonic minor.2005 04:04:55 .01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Here is the set of backing tracks for this progression. give me your vote: http://www.asp (1 of 2)07. Part 2 Minor Blues Lesson 1. i chord in bar 2. as it will give the V7-i resoulution when we go to the next verse. V7 as turnaround chord. Part 1 Minor Blues Lesson 1. Backing Track .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2. Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar The progression with only minor chords may be a bit boring. still in Am will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Part 3 Minor Blues .

Backing Track .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2.MinorBlues-4 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord.2005 04:04:55 .asp (2 of 2)07.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Minor Blues Lesson 1. Part 2 And again. iv chord in bar 2. here are the backing tracks. Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .01.Lesson 1. V7 as turnaround chord.

But going from a minor 6th to a major 6th is what distinguish a dorian scale from a natural minorscale.Lesson 1. But it is not a dorian progression.2005 04:04:57 . with the structure of a 12bar: Play two bars for each bar in the 12-bar structure. as this scale has no sixth in it.torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The major chord as a IV chord have the major 6th instead of the minor 6th of the basic scale (based on the root). Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this third group of minor blues progression. A strict dorian progression would have had i – IV – v.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3.IV .Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Part 2 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . we use a major IV chord instead of the minor iv.part 1 Minor Blues . give me your vote: Artist Tune Key Source (Main link takes you to SheetmusicPlus) Comments Jeff Healey Band Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Confidence Man C#m See The Light (UK) The Bluesmen (from Musicroom) A John Hiatt tune. CD (Main link goes to Amazon US. A Type 1 progression will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Mel London Cry For Me Baby Am Blue Heaven ( Amazon US ) Muddy Waters Trouble. It is a 24 bar blues. No More Gm His Best: 1947 to 1955 (UK) The Chess Box [BOX SET] (UK) Blues Guitar Legends http://www.01. The major 6th hints on the dorian scale. it does not make too much of a difference. Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . This gives us the basic chords i . It does not follow an exact 12-bar blues form. As long as we use the minor pentatonic scale.asp (1 of 3)07.Lesson 1. In bar 5. Amazon UK link in parenthesis) If you like the site. it goes F#-E-E#.V7. Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1.Lesson 1. There is no turnaround chord. The bridge moulates to the IV-key (F#major).

65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium And the Type 2 progression will be: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the backing tracks: Backing Track .B. I have only written the basic minor triads. But you can extend them to m7 chords. IV chord in bar 2. and I will come back to a few of them later.2005 04:04:57 .torvund. i chord in bar 2. V7 as turnaround chord.Lesson 1.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . but you should practise them in different keys.asp (2 of 3)07. but it is built around the chords from this progression B. I will give you this table of chords for various minor keys: C-minor i iv IV v V7 Cm Fm F Gm G7 C#-minor C#m F#m F# G#m G#7 D-minor Dm Gm G Am A7 E-minor Em Am A Bm B7 F#-minor F#m Bm B C#m C#7 G-minor Gm Cm C Dm D7 G#-minor G#m C#m C# D#m D#7 A-minor Am Dm D Em E7 B-minor Bm Em E F#m F#7 http://www. major VI chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3. There are of course many variations. Download all files in on zip-file.B. Experiment! I have written all examples in Am only. King Chains & Things Am King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) Backing Track . But to ensure that you have no excuses for not trying this in other keys. King Help The Poor Dm King of The Blues (UK) Live at the Regal (UK) King of The Blues (UK) King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) It does not follow a 12-bar form. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the basic forms of minor blues progressions. Part 3 B.MinorBlues-6 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord.MinorBlues-5 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord. V7 as turnaround chord.01. You should have not problem translating them into other keys. But you should learn these basic forms first. major VI chord.

Part 2 Further references 12-bars.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .Lesson 1.part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3.2005 04:04:57 . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .torvund.

Blues Guitar . If the bass player is playing the root. These two chord-shapes are often labeled as 7-chords. you have to break out of our loved keys of E. you can play blues comp with a jazzy touch in any key. The I7 chord will call for a solution to the IV-chord. It remains in the same position on the 3rd string. If you want to play with other people.part 1 C-major Diddie Has Something There 12-bars. I will not use this chord too much as a I chord (root) in a blues. If you are playing with someone who is playing trumpet. D. type 2. If someone is playing alto saxophone. built on the third note. and it is easy to be thrown out of key if you resolve the chord this way. If we play it as a good old G7. using these two chord shapes. Retailers: The second chord is a 7th without the root. it will be in 2nd inversion. The interval between the two is a Tritone. But they are the basis.12-bars. 3rd on 4th stringand the 7th on 3rd string. G and C. You need the root note to establish the root key. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . If you play the root chord as a 7th chord. they have five flats. As long as you use moveable shapes. The chord is in root position. It is more important to keep the identity and the character. The favorite guitar keys are very difficult to play on most wind instruments. if you insist on playing in E-major on the guitar. When we expand the chord to 7th. If we think of the chord as a 7th chord. And often our ear will "hear" notes that it expects to hear. the fifth is usually the first to go. But if you are playing in a band. In a basic triad (three-note chord). played in two keys that many guitar players will do anything to avoid: Bb and Eb.01. the 5th becomes less important. If you remove a note from a chord. if you insist on E-major. 3 and 7 (when the 5th is left out). A. such a chord is a diminished triad. give me your vote: Notice the fingerings of these two chords. You move the first and second finger between the 6th and the 4th strings. even if the notes are not played. And it does. they will have to play in the key F#-major. In this key. this chord should loose it's identity. than to keep the stability. In a 7th chord. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . You can make variations by taking these chordshapes out of the standard 12-bar framework.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars.asp (1 of 4)07. 9th.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1. If one should be precise. That is six sharps. even if the guitar player only play a partial chord. the root gives identity. From what I said above. then the band will play the full chord. To play F-major. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. they will have to play Db-major. Now we get to this very simple 12 Bar blues in Bb. a disonant interval that calls for a resolution. these labels are not correct. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. the seventh is added. you do not move your 3rd finger. If you like the site. etc. 7th on 4th string and the 3rd on 3rd string. Based on this. The 5th is on 6th string. Both the chord shapes have this tritone. with the root on 6th string. But it is this unstable and usettled tonality that makes the simple blues form so rich and fascinating. When changing from one to the other. It will get boring after some time if you only use these chords.2005 04:05:00 . which gives us the notes 1. Bbmajor and Eb-major is not as difficult for us as our favorite keys are for them.. If one should be precise. But I will start with a standard 12-bar blues. it will be Bdim. you will never get this solution. no keys are difficult. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter By learning these two simple chord shapes.torvund. The two most important notes in a 7th chord are the 3rd and the 7th. the third gives character and the fifth gives stability. The first chord is a 7th without the 5th. some other may play the root.

and other blues styles. and other forms of popular music. riff. minor. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz ..part 1 The very "perfect" and strict playing in these MIDI files is a bit boring. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. and some rhytmic variations on the middle strings. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. turnarounds. intros.12-bars. and jazzy blues progressions.2005 04:05:00 .01.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 4)07. shuffle.July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. I play fingerstyle with a monotone bass in straight 4/4. This is one of my favorites! See more info..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1. accompanying keyboards and more. It is not played as written. rock 'n' roll. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. slow. You can download this MP3 file to hear me play the same chords. PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Chicago. Covers: boogie. but with some rhytmic variations.torvund. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. bebop. soloing. swing. but I play only the notes in the chords as they are written.

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

ToC Review:

No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

C-major Diddie Has Something There Further references

12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2
12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3

There are two basic ways to combine these two chord shapes in a blues context. In the next example we will use the second shape for the root (I) chord, and the first shape for the IV and V chords. But remember that the second shape has not root, so the basic key will not be as firmly established when we use the chords this way. This time we play in Eb.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:05:03 .12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 Further references 12-bars.torvund.Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net I appreciate comments http://www. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .part 2 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .

Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:05:05 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 If you have worked your way through my Blues Guitar Series.part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars.01. just to show how these ideas can be put togehter.part 3 12-bars.12-bars. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. We will combine these three-note chords with what is covered in the Tritone Blues lesson.torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 12-bars.asp (1 of 3)07. then you will remember that we have touched upon these tritones in a blues context before.Blues Guitar . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

Book/CD package. and not the blues as such.asp (2 of 3)07. Chicago. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. intros. Chicago. For Guitar (Flatpick). as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. By Jim Ferguson. ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www. it will take you through various blues progressions. accompaniment.75x11. 16 pages. See more info.. slow. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Book.12-bars. Unless jazz is you main interest. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. Includes tab and notation. rock 'n' roll. As the name says. Jim Ferguson .2005 04:05:05 . soloing.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. This is one of my favorites! See more info. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. and other forms of popular music.part 3 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Jazz. It explores shuffle. riff. Size 5.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Published by Mel Bay Publications. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. accompanying keyboards and more. by Corey Christiansen.torvund. Rhythm/backup. Inc. the book focuses on the shuffle. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. and bebop blues. Blues. and covers Delta. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues.. Texas. West Coast. See more info. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. . ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. bebop. Level: Intermediate. shuffle. the book focuses on the shuffle.. Gig Savers. turnarounds.Blues Guitar . Book. Size 8. minor. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. Rhythm/ backup. and jazzy blues progressions. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. Vignola Play Along. Level: Beginning.5x8. (HL695005) See more info. As the name says. 16 pages.01. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.75. and not the blues as such. Covers: boogie. Kansas City. swing. For Guitar (All). ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players.. Inc. Published by Mel Bay Publications... country.. (There are many other chords as well). New Orleans.. Progressions.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. and other blues styles. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. By Frank Vignola.

Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.12-bars. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Further references 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.2005 04:05:05 .asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .part 3 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. But it gets boring when you play only A in the bass for 10 out of the 12 bars. And we will hang on to these shapes for a few more (forthcomming) lessons. The example in the previous part illustrates the relation between our three note chords and the song from the Tritone Blues lesson.01. we move away from the two shapes we started with. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . you get D7.part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4. I am using the chords mentioned above. But when doing so.2005 04:05:08 . at least I would use it as a variations. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When constructing examples for lessons. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. If I should make real music. In the example below.part 4 12-bars.12-bars.torvund. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. So I would probably use another variation of the IV chord (D7). If you play this chord at 4th and 5th fret.Blues Gitar . and at 6th and 7th fret it will be E7. I try to do it in a way that clearly illustrates the point in this lesson. I would make other choices and include more variations.asp (1 of 3)07.

This is one of my favorites! See more info. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority.... Progressions. country. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.. As the name says. 16 pages.Blues Gitar . Book/CD package. Gig Savers. turnarounds. and not the blues as such. Rhythm/ backup. Jazz. Chicago. Covers: boogie. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. minor. Jim Ferguson . This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . Book. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Book.2005 04:05:08 . Chicago.part 4 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. slow. intros. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form.. rock 'n' roll. Includes tab and notation. Level: Intermediate. and other blues styles. Kansas City. (HL695005) See more info. the book focuses on the shuffle. For Guitar (All). The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. Unless jazz is you main interest. (There are many other chords as well). It explores shuffle.. See more info. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Inc. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. and not the blues as such. For Guitar (Flatpick). and jazzy blues progressions. 92 pages. West Coast.12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4.01. Blues. Inc. ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www.75x11. soloing. See more info. and other forms of popular music. bebop. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. As the name says. Published by Mel Bay Publications.5x8.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.. accompaniment. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. accompanying keyboards and more. shuffle. 16 pages. by Corey Christiansen.asp (2 of 3)07. New Orleans. Published by Mel Bay Publications. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. riff. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. . swing. and covers Delta. and bebop blues. Size 5. Level: Beginning. Vignola Play Along. Rhythm/backup.torvund. By Frank Vignola. it will take you through various blues progressions.75. Texas. By Jim Ferguson.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Size 8. the book focuses on the shuffle.

Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Gitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .2005 04:05:08 .12-bars.torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.01.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .

We just hear the tritone. Our ears will not distinguish between a diminished fifth and an augmented fourth. but we have kept the two important ones. The interval between these notes is tritone. If you are like many of your fellow guitar players. the correct spelling of the note is Cb. But in my opinion. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 A7/Eb7 We play both shapes based on 5th fret. We will still use only the two chord shapes from this lesson. which means that they are the same note spelled in two different ways. and the chord would be some kind of a sixth chord. From F to B is an augmented fourth = six half steps = tritone. Ab7 and Bb7. and we will be in the key of A this time. We can substitute the other notes in a 7th chord.Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The flat five substitution for A7 will be Eb7. From B to F is a diminished (or flat) fifth = six half steps = tritone. You can learn to know that you can alway substitute a dominant 7th chord or any extension of such chords with the dominiant 7th a flat five above or below.Music Theory for Guitar . The key to this substitution is that the two most important notes in a 7th chord is the 3rd and the 7th. it is not enough to know.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01. we shall go back to where we stopped in the 12-bars. If you leave out one of these. You will have to change fingering of both the 6th and 4th http://www. the chord will loose it's character as a 7th chord.The Flat Five Substitution . The tritone divides the scale into two equal parts. We should understand the concept. which makes it a symetric interval. In Db7. The Db7 chord has the notes Db-F-Ab-Cb. a diminished fifth up from F.asp (1 of 2)07. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz lesson. for D7 it will be Ab7. you will look for another tune when you see chords like Eb7. the 3rd is a B and the 7th is an F. We will use the same two chord shapes as we used in 12-bars. But our ears do not distinguish between the two. The first will then give us an A7 chord. And this is the key to the flat five substitution: The tritone in the Db7 is the same as the tritone in a G7.01. If we start from the G7 chord. we end at Db. If we go up one diminished fifth from G (six half steps). and we have a Eb7. If you are not familiar with the tritone.part 1 Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . we will also end on Db if we go down a diminished fifth. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter You have probably heard jazz musician talk about the flat five substitution many times. it would be an augmented fourth. If we spelled it B. As the interval is symetric.torvund. With this new knowledge. Cb and B are enharmonic. The other notes have changed. and play some blues with flat five substitution. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz Retailers: If you like the site. But they are very simple. for instance an F and a B. Then we move the note on the 6th string up one fret. you have to go back to some previous lessons.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution .2005 04:05:11 . Instead of A7 you can play Eb7. but not the two notes that make up the tritone. and the flat five substitution for E7 will be Bb7.

The black notes constitute the tritone.asp (2 of 2)07. In the next part we will apply this flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar progression. we get the notes A.net I appreciate comments http://www. It is not really an Eb7 when there is no root note (Eb) in the chord.The Flat Five Substitution . to show the relation. I have combined the two.part 1 string – this is at least how I prefer to play this change. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.torvund. and we have to keep these notes in both chords.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . In the shape to the right. which is an A7 without the fifth. These notes constitute an Eb7 without root. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. G and Db.01. It would be more precise to say the the notes Bb.Music Theory for Guitar . G and Db function as an Eb7.Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. and keep the tritone.2005 04:05:11 . When we play at 5th fret on the 6th string.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01. What we really have is a Gdim. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . so we will not hear the difference. The tritone is the interval between G and C#. If we move up to the 6th fret on the 6th string. G and C#. Db is enharmonic with C#. we get the notes Bb.

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 2
The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

PDF-File If you know your music theory, and read standard notation, you should notice that the notation for the Eb7 chord is not correct in all bars where this chord occurs. In the first example below, it is written as Bb-G-C#, which is not correct. The correct spelling, as in the second example, is Bb-G-Db. But I want to make clear, also in the notation, that we have the same tritone – G - C#/Db – in both chords. I had to make a compromise. I prefer to illustrate, also in the notation, that it is the same notes, even if they might change their names. In the second example, we do not keep the tritone as the chord change, so then there was no reason not to write it correctly.

The Ab7 is not correctly written either. It is written as the first example to the right, with the notes AbF#-C. It should be no F# in a Ab7, it should be written as the enharmonic Gb, and the notes should be written as in the correct example to the far right: Ab-Gb-C. But again I prefer to illustrate that the note does not change from D7 to Ab7, even though it change name.

You do have to use the flat five substitution for passing chords only, as we will see in part three.

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Further references

The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 3

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 3
The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:05:15

You will find that in part 4.part 3 PDF-File Once again I will remind you that these examples are designed to illustrate how you can apply these chords.asp (2 of 2)07. You have to take it from here and experiment with your own variations.Music Theory for Guitar . We have to do the same in another key.The Flat Five Substitution .01. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund. and not composed to make exciting music.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03. to make sure that you will be able to play in all keys. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:05:15 .

you should be able to play in any key.part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution .part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 This is basically the same 12-bar blues variation as in part 3. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.Music Theory for Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. but this time it is in D-major. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory Go here for links to other Music Theory sites http://www.2005 04:05:18 . If you learn to play these progressions in A and D.torvund.asp (1 of 3)07.The Flat Five Substitution .

asp (2 of 3)07. I am not going to discuss the choices.2005 04:05:18 .Music Theory for Guitar . your choice would be as "correct" as mine. and not a diminshed (flatted) fifth above the G. Again the reason is that it would be more difficult to see that we are playing the same notes. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. This is the C7 in bar 5. even though the names are changing.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04. I have chosen C#7 and not Db7. because C# is a note that belongs to the A-major scale.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .The Flat Five Substitution .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .01.torvund. and D#7 instead of Eb7. The version of Ab7 that is used should be written as Ab-Gb-C. One could also discuss how the chords should be labeled.part 4 PDF-File I have included one chord that is neither a primary chord or a flat five substitution for any of those. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . it is right. Also in this example. but is written as Ab-F#-C The Eb7 should be written Bb-Db-Eb. I have put it in because I think it fits well into the flow of chords. just say that I have made a choice that can be discussed. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . I am just sticking to the golden rule of music: If it sounds right. One could also argue that it would be more corret to use G#7 instead of Ab7. two chords are not correctly written in the standard notation.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . If you would have preferred other labels. But then it is an augmented fourth. but is written Bb-C#-Eb. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . I have noe explanation why a C7 should work in this context.

asp (3 of 3)07.part 4 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.The Flat Five Substitution .Music Theory for Guitar .01.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:05:18 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04.

The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter I use the A7 as the basis in all examples. you should have a little bit more to play with. and then at 9th fret at 6th and 10th fret on the 5th string. As this tritone is on the two bottom strings. First you need to know where you find the tritone on you guitar.Music Theory for Guitar . meaning that we still get a tritone if the interval is inverted).2005 04:05:21 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords. Before going on.torvund. with the Eb7 as the flat five substitution chord.part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . The tritone in these two chords are C#–G and G–Db. and the the tritone is symetric. we have to vary the notes in the treble. as we did in the examples so far. We find the tritone in two positions: 3rd fret on 6th string and 4th on 5th. give me your vote: Tritone on 3rd and 4th fret Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 9th and 10th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 7 fr 7 fr 8 fr 8 fr http://www. But the positions are moveable. In our context.01.asp (1 of 3)07.part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Before closing. I will remind you that the C# and Db are enharmonic.The Flat Five Substitution . a C#dim may function as an A7. and not the bass-note. These are the five basic tritone positions: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If you like the site. and Gdim may function as Eb7. Retailers: Tritone on 6th and 5th string We can start by building 3-note 7th chords around the tritone on the 6th and 5th string. (The distance from C# to G is the same as the distance from G to C#. We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords.

To get an A7 without root we add an E (the fifth).2005 04:05:21 .01. To get the A7 without fifth. http://www. The next tritone is at 5th string 10th fret (G) and 4th string 11th fret (C#/Db).The Flat Five Substitution .part 5 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 5th and 4th string Now we move our tritone to the 5th and 4th string. I will remind you to see which notes we are adding to the tritone to get these chords.Music Theory for Guitar . Notice that it is a tritone (flat fifth) between the two tritone intervals. we add an A (the root). Still using the same chords in our example. and to get the Eb7 without root we add a Bb (fifth). we find the frist tritone at 5th string 4th fret (C#/Db) and 4th string 5th fret (G). Tritone on 4th and 5th fret 4 fr 4 fr 2 fr 2 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 10th and 11th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 10 fr 8 fr 8 fr Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Before we continue. To get the Eb7 without fifth we add an Eb (root). This also means that you can get a flat five substitution by moving any of these chords up or down six frets.asp (2 of 3)07.torvund. This equals 6 frets.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05.

2005 04:05:21 .torvund.part 5 For chords with the next tritones.Music Theory for Guitar .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .The Flat Five Substitution . go to part 6.

there are a few more chords than the ones we have covered so far. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Tritone on 4th and 3rd string New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 11th and 12th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 3rd and 2nd string http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06. Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Retailers: A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 4 fr 4 fr 5 fr 5 fr If you like the site.torvund. But as you will see.part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now we are back to where we started: Chords with the tritones on the 4th and 3rd strings. and Gdim may function as Eb7.asp (1 of 3)07.2005 04:05:25 . and then at 11th fret at 4th and 12th fret on the 3rd string. In our context.part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution .01. we find the tritone in two positions: 5th fret on 4th string and 6th on 3rd. We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords. Still in A7 / Eb7.The Flat Five Substitution . The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7.Music Theory for Guitar . a C#dim may function as an A7.

go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .asp (2 of 3)07. Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 6 fr 6 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 6 fr 6 fr 5 fr 5 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Tritone on 12th and 14th fret 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 12 fr 12 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 For chords with tritones on string 2 and 1.2005 04:05:25 . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . For more on tritones and the diminished chord. and some other tritone shapes.part 6 As the inteval between the 3rd and 2nd string is a major third.The Flat Five Substitution . as it is between the other strings.Music Theory for Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle http://www. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret. the shape here is different.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. When reaching 12th fret. But as chords with open strings are not moveable. we stick to the 12/14th fret. we can also go down one octave. and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06.01. and not a perfect fourht. With the chosen chords. and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret.torvund. go to part 7.

net I appreciate comments http://www.part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:05:25 .The Flat Five Substitution .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.01.Music Theory for Guitar .

and the last we will build chord around in this lesson. you will find that this combination of strings are a bit hard to play for these chords. With the chosen chords.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: Eb7 Tritone on 8th and 9th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 5 fr 5 fr 8 fr 12 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 Go here for links to other Music Theory sites Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 If you try the chords above.Music Theory for Guitar . we stick to the 12/14th fret. We find the first tritone on 2nd sting 2nd fret and 1st string 3rd fret. we can also go down one octave. Tritone on 2nd and 3rd fret Retailers: A7 (C#dim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) If you like the site.The Flat Five Substitution . 6 fr 6 fr 7 fr 7 fr http://www.. and we will end the lesson by showing a few of them. If we go one octave up from the first. as you get some hard stretches. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret.part 7 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Add the m7 chord Part 1 Tritone on 2nd and 1st string Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The next is on 2nd string 8th fret and 1st string 9th fret. But first we have to look at the tritone on 2nd and 1st string. When reaching 12th fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07. we end at 2nd string 14th fret and 1st string 15th fret.2005 04:05:32 .part 7 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret. But there are more tritones. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter This is the last tritone on adjacent strings.torvund. But as chords with open strings are not moveable. and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret.01.

but I list them just to be sure. But we will not leave the 12-bar blues and three-note chords yet. We will put in some m7 chords. There are a few other tritones you can play on the guitar. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.01. C7 / Edim F#/Gb7 / Bbdim C#/Db7 / Fdim G7 / Bdim D7 / F#dim Ab7 / Cdim Eb7 / Gdim A7 / C#dim E7 / G#/Abdim Bb7 / Ddim F7 / Adim B7 / D#/Ebdim Now we will leave tritones for a while.2005 04:05:32 . But this will not be before next month and next newsletter. You should be able to figure out which chords can be substituted by which by now.asp (2 of 3)07. and Eb7 by A7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.The Flat Five Substitution . Remember that you can substitute both ways: A7 can be substituted by Eb7.part 7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 8 fr 8 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 14th and 15th fret Eb7 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 There are of course more chords that can be played with tritone on 14th and 15th fret. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. The others are tritone +octave. The chords in each column can substitute each other. The first is a real tritone.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www. but these are the four where we partly used open strings on the lower position.Music Theory for Guitar .torvund.

2005 04:05:32 .01.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.The Flat Five Substitution .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07.part 7 Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Further references Add the m7 chord Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Music Theory for Guitar .

they both have the same notes.Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 It is recommended that you start with the lesson 12-bars. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites For more on 7th chords in general. You should know a little bit about the relation between the 6-chord and it's relative m7 chord.01.the m7 chord . which has the notes A-C-E-G. As the 3rd is omitted. It is really a C-chord. Retailers: In the second shape. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If we compare the minor7 with the dominant 7 one difference is of course that the minor7 is a minor chord. The Am7 in root position is the same as C6 in third inversion. But if we invert the chord. As you see. We will use two m7 chord shapes. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz before this lesson.asp (1 of 2)07. and the chord will loose it's identity as an A-type chord.torvund.5-b3-7 voicing (Major 3-1-5) Am7 (C) when played at 10th fret In Part 2 of this lesson. Here the 5th is omitted. we have the notes E-C-G. it will not the character of major chord. These chords can substitute each other. which is the ii-chord of Bb. if you have not been through it already. which does not change the identity or the charachter of the m7 chord. and we will use the Cm7 chord. It does not call for a resolution in the same way as a dominant 7.2005 04:05:35 . and they are both three-note fingerings with one note omitted. A C6 is the C with an added 6th. and get the notes C-G-A. and the flat five substitution does not apply.1-7-b3 voicing Am7 when played at 5th fret m7 .Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . it would be the 1-5-6 of a C6.Lesson. If you like the site. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The relative m7 to C6 is Am7. But a very important difference is that there is no tritone in the minor7 chord. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m (maj7) 7#5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 http://www. Here the root is omitted. or A-G-C. The first has the notes 1-b7-b3. and the dominant 7 is a major chord. we will start with a variation of the 12-bar blues we used in part 1 of the Three Note Chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1. and it has the notes C-E-G-A. if we stick to Am7. But it is still a useful chord. We will once again be in the key of Bb. and the C6 is the same as Am7 in first inversion. give me your vote: m7 .Blues Guitar .

Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.the m7 chord .Blues Guitar .torvund.asp (2 of 2)07.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:05:35 .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File http://www.the m7 chord .Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Blues Guitar .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.torvund.asp (1 of 3)07.2005 04:05:38 .

I have stolen the chord and it's function in this progression form Jim Ferguson. we will play ii7-V7. which is most important.2005 04:05:38 . In the last bar of the turnaround. But it works. But as we do not let this key get time to settle. By Jim Ferguson. it would have been the V7-i chords of this key. Book/CD package.Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. Unless jazz is you main interest. .01.asp (2 of 3)07. which will create a ii7-V7-I7 when it resolves at the first bar of the next verse. I have also intrduced a VI7 chord (G7 when we are in the key of Bb) in bar 8.torvund. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2. and the second half of bar 11.Part 2 Instead of playing V7-IV7 in bars 9 and 10. we will again play ii7-V7.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. we are only hinting at the key C-minor. If we should put these chords in the context of C-minor. rather than modulating to it. 92 pages. to use the other chord positions. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) For more on 7th chords in general.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Rhythm/backup. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.the m7 chord . ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 In part 3 we will play the same progression in Eb. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . (Does anyone out there have a good answer to this?) Jim Ferguson . we are almost modulating to C-minor. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. I have difficulties explaining the function of the VI7 chord in the context of the home key.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. (There are many other chords as well). and we will then land on the I7 (root) chord in bar 11.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . But he does not explain why he use it. and I have not been able to figure it out myself. What we then get is the ii-V-I progression. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. who use it a lot in his book All Blues For Jazz Guitar. By playing these chord.

Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.01.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.the m7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.2005 04:05:38 .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. When you have learned this progression in Bb and Eb.torvund.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.the m7 chord .Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07. but now we are playing in Eb. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01.Part 3 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 This is the same progression as in part 2. you should be able to play it in any key.2005 04:05:42 .

and combine them the m7 chord and the basic progression introduced in this lesson. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. For more on 7th chords in general.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.Blues Guitar .Part 3 PDF-File In part 4 we will re-introduce all the added chords based on Flat Five Substitution.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .2005 04:05:42 . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.01.torvund.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .the m7 chord .

Lesson 1 Part 1 Here we are developing further the progression we used in the Flat Five Substitution Lesson .the m7 chord . Go to this lesson if you think we are going into too unfamiliar territory.Part 3.Part 4 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Turnaround .2005 04:05:44 .torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4.Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

In bar 9 (second example). The C-type note here is a C#.We are running into the same problem here. It is only a matter if you read the standard notation. E7 is familar territory. But again I prefer to keep the Ab to make clear that the note is note moving. I have chosen to notate the enharmonic Db instead of C#. you may recall that I discussed the notation of the chords.Part 4 PDF-File If you have been through the Flat Five Substitution Lesson . In Fb7 the correct spelling would have been Ebb. we come from a Bb7 that has the note Ab in it. so there I have preferred the correct spelling. I keep the Db spelling.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4. where the first example is taken from. so here I have used a correct spelling of the E7 chord. and not a third. the reason is that we are going to the Bb7 with a Ab in the next bar. it just formally change it's name. the movement in the bass would have been clearer. Finally.the m7 chord . One could argue that it should have been spelled as the enharmonic chord Fb7 instead of E7. But then we would have had trouble with the D on top. The A7 in a 1-7-3 voicing should be notated with some kind of a 1. has a Eb in it. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues http://www. we do not have this kind of problem.2005 04:05:44 . Again the reason is that the chord we come from. this is not an issue. In bar 6. and to make clear that this note is not moving. In bar 4.torvund. the various spelling of notes do not make any difference. so I prefer to use this label and basic spelling. the F7. the spelling of the B7 in bar 10 should have been B-A-D#. By spelling the bass note Cb instead of B.01. and we have to make a compromize between a correct notation and a notation that shows the voice leading. The E7 does not have Ab. But I want to use correct note spelling. In the first example. In the next example. and not B-A-Eb. The Db is some kind of a 4th. Again it is a kind of information you do not really have to worry about. as in bars 2 and 5. but the enharmonic G#. and I guess that the majority of you readers out there would not notice the difference. when playing the chords Eb7-A7. We have the same kind of problem with the E7 chord.asp (2 of 3)07. which has the Db. and I want those of you who might be interested (if any) to know why I sometimes deviate from this principle. G and C.Blues Guitar .Part 2. 7 and 3 note. despite that it will give an incorrect notation of the E7 chord. In tablature. But I do not think many guitar players easily can relate to the Fb7 chord and the note Ebb. For more on 7th chords in general. The reason is that we are comming from a Eb7. so the chord is notated as 1-7-b4 instead of the correct 1-7-3. which would be some kind of A.

Part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .the m7 chord .Blues Guitar .Lesson 1 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Further references Turnaround .asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.2005 04:05:44 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4.net I appreciate comments http://www. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.torvund.

01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The next example is the first turnaround I learned. http://www. and we were very proud when we had learned to play it. I will give you a few examples og licks that are all based on the sequence of diminished chords. If you like the site.2005 04:05:47 .torvund.Lesson 1.Lesson 1 Part 3 As I said in the introduction to part 1. we thought that this was the turnaround.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is arpeggiated chords.asp (1 of 4)07.Lesson 1. these chords can be the basis for many turnaround licks. In those days. The first one is some simple rhythmic variations. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 1 Part 1 Turnaround . part 2 Turnaround .

torvund. it turns into a dim7 chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2. The next is arpeggiated chords. http://www. When adding this E.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 1.01.2005 04:05:47 . The last one is interesting because we open the first string when playing the Gdim chord. part 2 The next two are some variations that it should not be necessary to comment.asp (2 of 4)07.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2. chord names. Published by Hal Leonard. 72 pages. lyrics. guitar tablature. With standard guitar notation. part 2 One good example on how these chords can be used in turarnounds.Lesson 1.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .Blues Guitar – Turnaround . instructional text and performance notes.2005 04:05:47 . Transcribed by Jesse Gress. Performed by Eric Clapton..asp (3 of 4)07.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar . guitar tablature.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround .01. With standard guitar notation. Includes instructional book and examples CD.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. Performed by Eric Clapton. guitar chord diagrams.. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Acoustic Rock. written by Wolf Marshall.Lesson 1 Part 1 Further references Turnaround . fill-ins. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock.Lesson 1 Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. vocal melody. See more info. chord names. Series: Hal Leonard . guitar notation legend.torvund. 112 pages. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. (HL694869) See more info. solos etc. Published by Hal Leonard. For guitar and voice. Bestseller! introductory text.. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. Blues rock and adult contemporary. lyrics. Format: guitar tablature songbook.. For guitar. is Eric Claptons unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me. 9x12 inches. 9x12 inches. vocal melody.

asp (4 of 4)07.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .01.Lesson 1.torvund.2005 04:05:47 .net I appreciate comments http://www. part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.

Lesson 1. Performed by Robert Johnson..Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique.2005 04:05:54 . See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .. part 3 Turnaround . The record has sold more than 500. give me your vote: Listen to the opening ant the break in Robert Johnson's tune Kindhearted Woman for an example on how these chords can be used in A-major. and the chords will be A . (For a long time it has been my intent to discuss Kindhearted Woman a little more in depth.Lesson 1 Part 2 Turnaround . Book and CD package.E sequence up five frets (a fourth).01. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). With notes and tablature.Lesson 1. and can be used in any key. If we move the E .asp (1 of 4)07. which is a substantial number for a blues re-issue. 64 pages.A.Lesson 2 Part 1 These chord postiotions are all moveable.Gdim F#dim . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A C#dim Cdim Bdim Retailers: If you like the site.000.torvund. By Dave Rubin. we go to A-major.C#dim . ToC No HL695264 Review: Robert Johnson: The Complete Recordings There are several collections of Robert Johnson's songs. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Cdim Bdim .Blues Guitar – Turnaround . but it is still nothing more than a plan for a future lesson. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. but I see no reason not to get this double CD set with his total output of 41 recordings (incl alternate takes). CD374890 More information Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK http://www.G#dim . Size 9x12 inches.) Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Robert Johnson .

3 and 2.torvund. and you have to experiment with how you can make various turnarounds based on these chords.asp (2 of 4)07. where you have to play a few open strings. First we will move to the strings 4. C Edim Ebdim Ddim http://www. and go to they key D-major.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .D. D F#dim Fdim Edim Move it down two frets.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3. The chords will then be D .01. I will introduce some other chord positions.2005 04:05:54 .Edim .Fdim .F#dim . we will discuss a few other positions for the same chords. so I do not know. and you are in C-major.The New Transcriptions SheetmusicPlus Since this is published by the same publisher as the previous. It is the most expensive of the books. part 2 Order from: Robert Johnson .Lesson 1. Bestseller! More information ToC No HL690271 Review: In the next part of this lesson. it might have revised and more accurate transcriptions. In this part 2. Why else should they publish new transcriptions? But I don't have the book.

D7 . http://www.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . A C#dim Cdim Bdim Go down two frets. the chords will be: And the D . where again you have to play some open strings.C7 . instead of going down. just on the adjacent set of strings.Ddim7 .G7 .G#dim . To me.A7 . the turnaround does not sound too good so deep down in the bass.C#7 .D will be: On the strings 5. (Some work still need to be done here.C#dim7 .A will be: You can move this across to the three bottom strings.) If you prefer D .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.G#7 . we can for instance play in A.. But try it.A#dim7 .D#dim7 . 4 and 3.asp (3 of 4)07.E for the key E-major. Come back in a few days . two frets to E. etc. and you should be able to figure out the rest.G#dim .A will be: And the chords A . The fingering will be the same. I'll give you the chords E .D7.01.torvund. The chords A .G#dim7 .2005 04:05:54 .Adim7 .F#dim .. part 2 You can of course move this up one fret to Eb. and you are in G-major.Lesson 1. and make your own judgement.

Dave Rubin has just published a book on Blues Turnarounds.01.. But I have yet to see a book from Dave Rubin that is not good.Lesson 2 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.75x11.Blues Guitar – Turnaround ..2005 04:05:54 . part 2 This is so far we will get now.Lesson 1. I will continue the discussion on blues turnarounds in about a month. Size 9x12 inches. 48 pages. Book and CD package.asp (4 of 4)07.. See more info.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround ..75. and cannot make any further commnets on it.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn. Published by Hal Leonard. ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . Book/CD package. Guitar Educational. If you want more. See more info.net I appreciate comments http://www. 40 pages. so I guess it will be worth having.101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. Published by Mel Bay Pub. McCabe's 101 Series. Blues. Size 8. Inc. With notes and tablature. and cannot wait. ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe ..Lesson 1 Part 2 Further references Turnaround .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.torvund. Level: Multiple Levels. Licks and phrases. I have not yet seen the book. I will get myself a copy of the book.

part 1 Turnaround .Lesson 2 Part 2 In this lesson we will take a closer look a the lines in the chords we covered in the last lessons.2005 04:05:56 . and listen how these notes work in isolation.Lesson 2.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is the second line: http://www. The first is the top line. These movements between chords are called voice leading. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: What we will do then.01. and make up your own mind. we will repeat the basic chord sequence in E. is to play one line at the time. If you like the site.Lesson 2. part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . other lines get too dull.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund.asp (1 of 3)07. But you should try and listen to all of them.Lesson 1 Part 3 Turnaround . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Some lines can work as a turnaround without any other notes. Before we start.

asp (2 of 3)07. and one with ordinary 7 chords.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . you should also remember that we added two variations or a fourth line.torvund. one based on dim7 chords. part 1 It should be no surprise that the next one is the third line: If you worked through the previous lesson.2005 04:05:56 .Lesson 2. The dim7 line will be: And the 7 line will be: http://www.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1.

More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .Lesson 1 Part 3 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 2.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1.Lesson 2 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .2005 04:05:56 . part 1 We will develop some of these lines a bit further in part 2.01.torvund.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.

But now the line is harmonized: http://www.Lesson 2 Part 1 Turnaround .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .2005 04:06:04 . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 2.01. and move line 2 down one octave. and play line 1 against the root played on 4th string. you get at turnaround that is very typical of Robert Johnson. we will find the same line. Retailers: If you like the site. part 2 Turnaround . give me your vote: If we change key to A.torvund.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Then we go to line 2.asp (1 of 3)07. Now it starts to sound like a real turnaround again.Lesson 2.Lesson 3 Part 1 Be can now break the notes up into triplets. and take another look at the chord sequence covered in Blues Guitar . and play it against the root on the open 1st string. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites If we go back to E. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .

Hey.. Written in standard notation and tablature. Hey.. SG98508BCD See more info. which is Ab. If you should wonder if you could substitute the Am minor in the E-sequence with it's relative major C.01. With notes and tablature. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note. Worryin' You Off My Mind.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Published by Hal Leonard. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. it would be: But they will usually play the relative major to the Fm chord. Brownskin Shuffle.asp (2 of 3)07. 40 pages. we will look more at some turnaround licks. Book and CD package. part 2 If you listen to the playing of Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn. In the next turnaround lesson. If we use the same sequence as above. and transpose to C. which is also a "harmonized line 2".. http://www. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. Guitar Educational. you can often hear them playing a turnaround in C. Stove Pipe Stomp. Moppin' Blues. But you have to try it out for yourself. techniques.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2. Includes 3 CD's. the answer is yes.Lesson 2.. and Saturday Night Rub. Woody Mann explores the ideas. Size 9x12 inches. ToC No HL695602 Review: Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy Order from: SheetmusicPlus In this comprehensive new audio lesson. See more info. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. But I will not discuss their playing styles in this lessons.2005 04:06:04 . Then the sequence will be: Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake played a highly syncopated rhythm. You do not get their sound just by playing the chords.torvund.

2005 04:06:04 . Grossman Audio.Lesson 2. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . For fingerpick guitar.75x11. (SG98507BCD) See more info..Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund. Licks and SheetmusicPlus phrases.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2.Lesson 3 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. Size 8.Lesson 2 Part 1 Further references Turnaround . 26 pages.. Book/CD package.01.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . Blues. part 2 Order from: Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann.asp (3 of 3)07.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . Level: Intermediate.75.

2005 04:06:08 . is to combine elements from various turnarounds.Lesson 3. part 2 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 3 Part 1 One way to make variations. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites There are many ways you can vary these small scale based run. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Or the other way: Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 4)07.Lesson 3. http://www. give me your vote: But from here it is better to think of turaround licks based on the blues scale. rater than on chord sequences.01. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund. One example is this: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. But the next one is not right on the point.Turnaround Licks Turnaround .

We have to add something. part 2 and I will explain why.01. And you decide what is right for you.torvund. It could be the first note on the third beat.asp (2 of 4)07. But usually is not always. You can go to the 7th below the root. One simple way is to slow the lick down by making one note longer. In my opinion.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . we simply came home a little bit too early. Another approach is to break the sequence by adding an extra note. We should not end on the E before the first beat in the last bar.2005 04:06:08 . in this case a D.Lesson 3. like this: Or it can be the first note on the last beat: I am not saying that it is wrong if you make one of the other notes longer. they will usually not work as well.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. like this: http://www. to get home on time. In the example above.

Book/CD package.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. Inc. Size 8..101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. There are of course many other turnarounds. you will be among the first to know when there are new turnarounds around.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . Blues. But this should give you something to work from. See more info.75. part 2 Another possibility is to add the flat five .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 http://www. both in the key of E and in other keys. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. Level: Multiple Levels. I will from time to time upload more turnarounds in various keys. 48 pages.Lesson 3. McCabe's 101 Series. Guitar Educational. Published by Mel Bay Pub. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . 40 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe . Book and CD package.asp (3 of 4)07.Blues Guitar – Turnaround ..the note that distinguish the blues scale from the minor pentatonic scale: This concludes the mini-series on blues turnarounds. Licks and phrases..75x11.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .. With notes and tablature. See more info..01. If you subscribe to my newsletter.2005 04:06:08 .torvund. Size 9x12 inches.

Lesson 3 Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2.01.Lesson 3.2005 04:06:08 . part 2 Turnaround .net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund.asp (4 of 4)07.

Open G This is one of the classic slide themes. But a MIDI file like this can never give you the subtleties of slide guitar playing. All the fretted notes are played with the slide. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues.01. Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues."Spanish" http://www. You can get some clues from the MIDI file. this time played in Open G tuning. So you should listen to the MP3 file as well. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/ slide guitar Open G/A tuning .torvund.2005 04:06:11 .Blues Guitar Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Roll and Tumble Blues. Open G Walking Black Mama.

Blues Guitar q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:06:11 .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G.asp (2 of 2)07.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Son House's used it in My Black Mama and Preachin' the Blues.Walking Black Mama This is one of the classic blues slide themes in Open-G tuning.2005 04:06:12 . Robert Johnson's learned this theme from Son House. it might be reduced to a size that is a bit hard to read.Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first lick is played through the first four bars. If I write the whole verse so that you can view it on screen. The next lick is played in bars 5. Here is the complete 12-bar version http://www. These two bars are played in bars 7 and 8.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama. But the most famous version is probably Robert Johnson'sWalkin' Blues. 6 and 10. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites I said three licks.01. The main point is to get a driving rhythm. Retailers: I have written two bars with two variations of the third lick. But this is really the same as the second. and the first of the two bars is also played in bars 11 and 12. only moved two frets up. I hope this will make it a bit easier. I have made a simplified version of the theme. It is played in bar 9. so you might wonder why i write out a fourth one.Walking Black Mama Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. So I have written the basic licks. It is built from three basic licks. and then the whole verse.torvund.

01.2005 04:06:12 .torvund. But you have to know MIDI better than I do if you want to do that.Walking Black Mama I am sure it is possible to get something that at least resembles slides in a MIDI file.asp (2 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama."Spanish" q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/slide guitar Open G/A tuning .Blues Guitar . Open G Walking Black Mama. So the MIDI file does not sound right . Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues.it is actually far from right. PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues.

2005 04:06:12 .torvund.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07.Walking Black Mama Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful